mirror of
https://github.com/zoriya/vim.git
synced 2026-01-06 14:28:16 +00:00
Compare commits
146 Commits
| Author | SHA1 | Date | |
|---|---|---|---|
|
|
76b92b2830 | ||
|
|
c01140a1a0 | ||
|
|
db552d60ec | ||
|
|
7b5f8325ee | ||
|
|
8ab561d31e | ||
|
|
e580b0c34d | ||
|
|
433f7c88d5 | ||
|
|
76916e60ed | ||
|
|
eee697b748 | ||
|
|
b3656edcb9 | ||
|
|
9b2200acd6 | ||
|
|
0126585dbb | ||
|
|
371d5403d0 | ||
|
|
ceaf7b8b66 | ||
|
|
39f05630ad | ||
|
|
c15ef30c08 | ||
|
|
e0fa560e6f | ||
|
|
2c93230f48 | ||
|
|
97b2ad3542 | ||
|
|
658b74a736 | ||
|
|
8d6ea5eb4f | ||
|
|
be4d506b5f | ||
|
|
f0acfce534 | ||
|
|
ca003e1e4f | ||
|
|
68f1a48647 | ||
|
|
a83c3e0ebd | ||
|
|
ea0cd36bdd | ||
|
|
2eb25daffd | ||
|
|
efd2bf158a | ||
|
|
d3667a2e29 | ||
|
|
cf03447964 | ||
|
|
27dc19509b | ||
|
|
95e9b49537 | ||
|
|
9d47f1707b | ||
|
|
7d47b6eed7 | ||
|
|
5671873089 | ||
|
|
c4675a193d | ||
|
|
db00351723 | ||
|
|
114216c417 | ||
|
|
34e9e2f13d | ||
|
|
a9a568ca77 | ||
|
|
2092d32231 | ||
|
|
1f4d4de1ba | ||
|
|
3b1ddfed51 | ||
|
|
c7d893589e | ||
|
|
af48b0924f | ||
|
|
0ce29937aa | ||
|
|
1e60789f9b | ||
|
|
019ff6825b | ||
|
|
346d743df2 | ||
|
|
35a2e197cf | ||
|
|
3c56a964af | ||
|
|
a1956f6b07 | ||
|
|
17be7e614e | ||
|
|
5316eee835 | ||
|
|
1c8f93ff02 | ||
|
|
b9a02fc557 | ||
|
|
600dddcf66 | ||
|
|
1fc0046932 | ||
|
|
c4956c8d1d | ||
|
|
2b48ad5cd7 | ||
|
|
5baddf0285 | ||
|
|
60f8377e42 | ||
|
|
f71a3db47e | ||
|
|
e48ec1fa6b | ||
|
|
a5b6ad13ef | ||
|
|
eb94e559e0 | ||
|
|
038221bcd0 | ||
|
|
d289f1315f | ||
|
|
c270d806f8 | ||
|
|
96d2c5b5be | ||
|
|
838bb71992 | ||
|
|
0b598c2fda | ||
|
|
d996771378 | ||
|
|
8ee8926785 | ||
|
|
ade0083d3a | ||
|
|
a94bc430e8 | ||
|
|
5c4bab0fe7 | ||
|
|
eca1575717 | ||
|
|
4e42719355 | ||
|
|
1056d98844 | ||
|
|
4ea8fe1d06 | ||
|
|
0fd9289de3 | ||
|
|
a3227e2b15 | ||
|
|
1f35bf9cab | ||
|
|
a203182302 | ||
|
|
362e1a30c6 | ||
|
|
768b8c4dbc | ||
|
|
87b5ca5172 | ||
|
|
36fc535cb1 | ||
|
|
d0131a8bd2 | ||
|
|
0e34f6269e | ||
|
|
3517bb1ece | ||
|
|
65c923adf3 | ||
|
|
bfb2d40b6e | ||
|
|
a55252087b | ||
|
|
8fd89f0fe7 | ||
|
|
0b23879827 | ||
|
|
c06ac34092 | ||
|
|
b475fb917b | ||
|
|
261bfeab3e | ||
|
|
fd2ac767eb | ||
|
|
e1438bb8d0 | ||
|
|
e224ffa156 | ||
|
|
03f4855fc2 | ||
|
|
b388adb188 | ||
|
|
5e3cb7e869 | ||
|
|
eddf53b02e | ||
|
|
a23ccb8ac6 | ||
|
|
1cad292503 | ||
|
|
a226a6dd9f | ||
|
|
a562149de3 | ||
|
|
5c8837f9d7 | ||
|
|
c542aef58d | ||
|
|
ba6c05240f | ||
|
|
32466aa2e9 | ||
|
|
2a3f7eeebf | ||
|
|
df1bdc92c2 | ||
|
|
80a94a582c | ||
|
|
d1f56e68f1 | ||
|
|
238a564935 | ||
|
|
8f7fd65b24 | ||
|
|
030f0dfad5 | ||
|
|
faa959a870 | ||
|
|
70836c8ba8 | ||
|
|
2a0449d129 | ||
|
|
7e8fd63682 | ||
|
|
997fb4ba69 | ||
|
|
49d7bf13e0 | ||
|
|
f740b29ae2 | ||
|
|
4c7ed462cb | ||
|
|
e45828b593 | ||
|
|
98ea5defcf | ||
|
|
1d2ba7fa85 | ||
|
|
f52c725c47 | ||
|
|
c7453f52d4 | ||
|
|
110bc6bc91 | ||
|
|
06b5db9397 | ||
|
|
3d0a603fa9 | ||
|
|
754b56089f | ||
|
|
cf0c554e3f | ||
|
|
8b6144bdfe | ||
|
|
9f2c6e1deb | ||
|
|
a65576059f | ||
|
|
41cabdadc2 | ||
|
|
a37420f46f |
8
Contents
8
Contents
@@ -9,10 +9,10 @@ Vim Vi IMproved. A clone of the UNIX text editor Vi. Very useful
|
||||
messages, shows current file name in window title, on-line
|
||||
help, rectangular cut/paste, etc., etc., etc...
|
||||
|
||||
Version 7.0aa. Also runs under UNIX, MSDOS and other systems.
|
||||
vim70aart.tgz contains the documentation and syntax files.
|
||||
vim70aabin.tgz contains the binaries.
|
||||
vim70aasrc.tgz contains the sources.
|
||||
Version 7.0b. Also runs under UNIX, MSDOS and other systems.
|
||||
vim70brt.tgz contains the documentation and syntax files.
|
||||
vim70bbin.tgz contains the binaries.
|
||||
vim70bsrc.tgz contains the sources.
|
||||
Author: Bram Moolenaar et al.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
12
Filelist
12
Filelist
@@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ SRC_ALL = \
|
||||
src/gui_beval.c \
|
||||
src/gui_beval.h \
|
||||
src/hardcopy.c \
|
||||
src/hashtable.c \
|
||||
src/hashtab.c \
|
||||
src/keymap.h \
|
||||
src/macros.h \
|
||||
src/main.c \
|
||||
@@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ SRC_ALL = \
|
||||
src/ops.c \
|
||||
src/option.c \
|
||||
src/option.h \
|
||||
src/popupmenu.c \
|
||||
src/popupmnu.c \
|
||||
src/quickfix.c \
|
||||
src/regexp.c \
|
||||
src/regexp.h \
|
||||
@@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ SRC_ALL = \
|
||||
src/proto/gui.pro \
|
||||
src/proto/gui_beval.pro \
|
||||
src/proto/hardcopy.pro \
|
||||
src/proto/hashtable.pro \
|
||||
src/proto/hashtab.pro \
|
||||
src/proto/main.pro \
|
||||
src/proto/mark.pro \
|
||||
src/proto/mbyte.pro \
|
||||
@@ -111,7 +111,7 @@ SRC_ALL = \
|
||||
src/proto/normal.pro \
|
||||
src/proto/ops.pro \
|
||||
src/proto/option.pro \
|
||||
src/proto/popupmenu.pro \
|
||||
src/proto/popupmnu.pro \
|
||||
src/proto/quickfix.pro \
|
||||
src/proto/regexp.pro \
|
||||
src/proto/screen.pro \
|
||||
@@ -248,6 +248,7 @@ SRC_DOS = \
|
||||
src/Make_mvc.mak \
|
||||
src/Make_w16.mak \
|
||||
src/bigvim.bat \
|
||||
src/msvcsetup.bat \
|
||||
src/dimm.idl \
|
||||
src/dlldata.c \
|
||||
src/dosinst.c \
|
||||
@@ -285,6 +286,7 @@ SRC_DOS = \
|
||||
src/uninstal.c \
|
||||
src/vim.def \
|
||||
src/vim.rc \
|
||||
src/vimio.h \
|
||||
src/gvim.exe.mnf \
|
||||
src/vim16.def \
|
||||
src/vim16.rc \
|
||||
@@ -496,6 +498,7 @@ RT_SCRIPTS = \
|
||||
runtime/filetype.vim \
|
||||
runtime/scripts.vim \
|
||||
runtime/menu.vim \
|
||||
runtime/macmap.vim \
|
||||
runtime/delmenu.vim \
|
||||
runtime/synmenu.vim \
|
||||
runtime/makemenu.vim \
|
||||
@@ -675,6 +678,7 @@ LANG_GEN = \
|
||||
runtime/spell/??/main.aap \
|
||||
runtime/spell/yi/README.txt \
|
||||
runtime/spell/main.aap \
|
||||
runtime/spell/cleanadd.vim \
|
||||
runtime/spell/*.vim \
|
||||
runtime/spell/fixdup \
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
16
Makefile
16
Makefile
@@ -69,15 +69,15 @@ all install uninstall tools config configure proto depend lint tags types test t
|
||||
# Before creating an archive first delete all backup files, *.orig, etc.
|
||||
|
||||
MAJOR = 7
|
||||
MINOR = 0aa
|
||||
MINOR = 0b
|
||||
|
||||
# Uncomment this line if the Win32s version is to be included.
|
||||
#DOSBIN_S = dosbin_s
|
||||
DOSBIN_S = dosbin_s
|
||||
|
||||
# CHECKLIST for creating a new version:
|
||||
#
|
||||
# - Update Vim version number. For a test version in: src/version.h, Contents,
|
||||
# MAJOR/MINOR above, VIMRTDIR and VERSION in src/Makefile, README*.txt,
|
||||
# MAJOR/MINOR above, VIMMAJOR and VIMMINOR in src/Makefile, README*.txt,
|
||||
# runtime/doc/*.txt and nsis/gvim.nsi. Other things in README_os2.txt. For a
|
||||
# minor/major version: src/GvimExt/GvimExt.reg, src/vim.def, src/vim16.def.
|
||||
# - Correct included_patches[] in src/version.c.
|
||||
@@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ MINOR = 0aa
|
||||
# - Check for missing entries in runtime/makemenu.vim (with checkmenu script).
|
||||
# - Check for missing options in runtime/optwin.vim et al. (with check.vim).
|
||||
# - Do "make menu" to update the runtime/synmenu.vim file.
|
||||
# - Add remarks for changes to runtime/doc/version6.txt.
|
||||
# - Add remarks for changes to runtime/doc/version7.txt.
|
||||
# - In runtime/doc run "make" and "make html" to check for errors.
|
||||
# - Check if src/Makefile and src/feature.h don't contain any personal
|
||||
# preferences or the GTK, Perl, etc. mentioned above.
|
||||
@@ -128,21 +128,24 @@ MINOR = 0aa
|
||||
# - Rename the executables to "vimd32.exe", "xxdd32.exe", "installd32.exe" and
|
||||
# "uninstald32.exe".
|
||||
# Win32 console version:
|
||||
# - Set environment for Visual C++ 5.0: "vcvars32"
|
||||
# - Set environment for Visual C++ Toolkit 2003: "msvcsetup.bat"
|
||||
# - "nmake -f Make_mvc.mak"
|
||||
# - "rm testdir/*.out", "nmake -f Make_mvc.mak test" and check the output.
|
||||
# - Rename the executables to "vimw32.exe", "xxdw32.exe".
|
||||
# - Rename ObjC/vim.pdb to vimw32.pdb.
|
||||
# - When building the Win32s version later, delete vimrun.exe, install.exe and
|
||||
# uninstal.exe. Otherwise rename executables to installw32.exe and
|
||||
# uninstalw32.exe.
|
||||
# Win32 GUI version:
|
||||
# - "nmake -f Make_mvc.mak GUI=yes.
|
||||
# - move "gvim.exe" to here (otherwise the OLE version will overwrite it).
|
||||
# - Move ObjG/gvim.pdb to here.
|
||||
# - Delete vimrun.exe, install.exe and uninstall.exe.
|
||||
# - Copy "GvimExt/gvimext.dll" to here.
|
||||
# Win32 GUI version with OLE, PERL, TCL, PYTHON and dynamic IME:
|
||||
# - Run src/bigvim.bat ("nmake -f Make_mvc.mak GUI=yes OLE=yes IME=yes ...)
|
||||
# - Rename "gvim.exe" to "gvim_ole.exe".
|
||||
# - Rename ObjGOLYTR/gvim.pdb to "gvim_ole.pdb".
|
||||
# - Delete install.exe and uninstall.exe.
|
||||
# - If building the Win32s version delete vimrun.exe.
|
||||
# Win32s GUI version:
|
||||
@@ -430,6 +433,7 @@ dosbin_gvim: dist no_title.vim dist/$(COMMENT_GVIM)
|
||||
cp uninstalw32.exe dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/uninstal.exe
|
||||
cp gvimext.dll dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/gvimext.dll
|
||||
cd dist && zip -9 -rD -z gvim$(VERSION).zip vim <$(COMMENT_GVIM)
|
||||
cp gvim.pdb dist/gvim$(VERSION).pdb
|
||||
|
||||
# make Win32 console
|
||||
dosbin_w32: dist no_title.vim dist/$(COMMENT_W32)
|
||||
@@ -446,6 +450,7 @@ dosbin_w32: dist no_title.vim dist/$(COMMENT_W32)
|
||||
cp installw32.exe dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/install.exe
|
||||
cp uninstalw32.exe dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/uninstal.exe
|
||||
cd dist && zip -9 -rD -z vim$(VERSION)w32.zip vim <$(COMMENT_W32)
|
||||
cp vimw32.pdb dist/vim$(VERSION)w32.pdb
|
||||
|
||||
# make 32bit DOS
|
||||
dosbin_d32: dist no_title.vim dist/$(COMMENT_D32)
|
||||
@@ -500,6 +505,7 @@ dosbin_ole: dist no_title.vim dist/$(COMMENT_OLE)
|
||||
cp src/VisVim/VisVim.dll dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/VisVim.dll
|
||||
cp src/VisVim/README_VisVim.txt dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)
|
||||
cd dist && zip -9 -rD -z gvim$(VERSION)ole.zip vim <$(COMMENT_OLE)
|
||||
cp gvim_ole.pdb dist/gvim$(VERSION)ole.pdb
|
||||
|
||||
# make Win32s gvim
|
||||
dosbin_s: dist no_title.vim dist/$(COMMENT_W32S)
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
README.txt for version 7.0aa of Vim: Vi IMproved.
|
||||
README.txt for version 7.0b of Vim: Vi IMproved.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
WHAT IS VIM
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
README_ami.txt for version 7.0aa of Vim: Vi IMproved.
|
||||
README_ami.txt for version 7.0b of Vim: Vi IMproved.
|
||||
|
||||
This file explains the installation of Vim on Amiga systems.
|
||||
See README.txt for general information about Vim.
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
README_amibin.txt for version 7.0aa of Vim: Vi IMproved.
|
||||
README_amibin.txt for version 7.0b of Vim: Vi IMproved.
|
||||
|
||||
See "README.txt" for general information about Vim.
|
||||
See "README_ami.txt" for installation instructions for the Amiga.
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
README_amisrc.txt for version 7.0aa of Vim: Vi IMproved.
|
||||
README_amisrc.txt for version 7.0b of Vim: Vi IMproved.
|
||||
|
||||
See "README.txt" for general information about Vim.
|
||||
See "README_ami.txt" for installation instructions for the Amiga.
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
README_bindos.txt for version 7.0aa of Vim: Vi IMproved.
|
||||
README_bindos.txt for version 7.0b of Vim: Vi IMproved.
|
||||
|
||||
See "README.txt" for general information about Vim.
|
||||
See "README_dos.txt" for installation instructions for MS-DOS and MS-Windows.
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
README_dos.txt for version 7.0aa of Vim: Vi IMproved.
|
||||
README_dos.txt for version 7.0b of Vim: Vi IMproved.
|
||||
|
||||
This file explains the installation of Vim on MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems.
|
||||
See "README.txt" for general information about Vim.
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
README_extra.txt for version 7.0aa of Vim: Vi IMproved.
|
||||
README_extra.txt for version 7.0b of Vim: Vi IMproved.
|
||||
|
||||
The extra archive of Vim is to be used in combination with the source archive
|
||||
(vim-6.0-src.tar.gz). The extra archive is useless without it.
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
README_lang.txt for version 7.0aa of Vim: Vi IMproved.
|
||||
README_lang.txt for version 7.0b of Vim: Vi IMproved.
|
||||
|
||||
This file contains files for non-English languages:
|
||||
- Translated messages.
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
README_mac.txt for version 7.0aa of Vim: Vi IMproved.
|
||||
README_mac.txt for version 7.0b of Vim: Vi IMproved.
|
||||
|
||||
This file explains the installation of Vim on Macintosh systems.
|
||||
See "README.txt" for general information about Vim.
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
README_ole.txt for version 7.0aa of Vim: Vi IMproved.
|
||||
README_ole.txt for version 7.0b of Vim: Vi IMproved.
|
||||
|
||||
This archive contains gvim.exe with OLE interface and VisVim.
|
||||
This version of gvim.exe can also load a number of interface dynamically (you
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
README_os2.txt for version 7.0aa of Vim: Vi IMproved.
|
||||
README_os2.txt for version 7.0b of Vim: Vi IMproved.
|
||||
|
||||
This file explains the installation of Vim on OS/2 systems.
|
||||
See "README.txt" for general information about Vim.
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
README_os_390.txt for version 7.0aa of Vim: Vi IMproved.
|
||||
README_os_390.txt for version 7.0b of Vim: Vi IMproved.
|
||||
|
||||
Welcome to the OS/390 Unix port of VIM.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
README_src.txt for version 7.0aa of Vim: Vi IMproved.
|
||||
README_src.txt for version 7.0b of Vim: Vi IMproved.
|
||||
|
||||
The source archive contains the files needed to compile Vim on Unix systems.
|
||||
It is packed for Unix systems (NL line separator). It is also used for other
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
README_srcdos.txt for version 7.0aa of Vim: Vi IMproved.
|
||||
README_srcdos.txt for version 7.0b of Vim: Vi IMproved.
|
||||
|
||||
See "README.txt" for general information about Vim.
|
||||
See "README_dos.txt" for installation instructions for MS-DOS and MS-Windows.
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
README_unix.txt for version 7.0aa of Vim: Vi IMproved.
|
||||
README_unix.txt for version 7.0b of Vim: Vi IMproved.
|
||||
|
||||
This file explains the installation of Vim on Unix systems.
|
||||
See "README.txt" for general information about Vim.
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
README_vms.txt for version 7.0aa of Vim: Vi IMproved.
|
||||
README_vms.txt for version 7.0b of Vim: Vi IMproved.
|
||||
|
||||
This file explains the installation of Vim on VMS systems.
|
||||
See "README.txt" in the runtime archive for information about Vim.
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
README_w32s.txt for version 7.0aa of Vim: Vi IMproved.
|
||||
README_w32s.txt for version 7.0b of Vim: Vi IMproved.
|
||||
|
||||
This archive contains the gvim.exe that was specifically compiled for use in
|
||||
the Win32s subsystem in MS-Windows 3.1 and 3.11.
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
|
||||
!define HAVE_NLS
|
||||
|
||||
!define VER_MAJOR 7
|
||||
!define VER_MINOR 0aa
|
||||
!define VER_MINOR 0b
|
||||
|
||||
# ----------- No configurable settings below this line -----------
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -217,6 +217,12 @@ Section "Vim executables and runtime files"
|
||||
SetOutPath $0\syntax
|
||||
File ${VIMRT}\syntax\*.*
|
||||
|
||||
SetOutPath $0\spell
|
||||
File ${VIMRT}\spell\*.txt
|
||||
File ${VIMRT}\spell\*.vim
|
||||
File ${VIMRT}\spell\*.spl
|
||||
File ${VIMRT}\spell\*.sug
|
||||
|
||||
SetOutPath $0\tools
|
||||
File ${VIMRT}\tools\*.*
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -4,12 +4,18 @@ These are functions used by plugins and for general use. They will be loaded
|
||||
automatically when the function is invoked. See ":help autoload".
|
||||
|
||||
gzip.vim for editing compressed files
|
||||
netrw.vim browsing (remote) directories and editing remote files
|
||||
netrw*.vim browsing (remote) directories and editing remote files
|
||||
tar.vim browsing tar files
|
||||
zip.vim browsing zip files
|
||||
paste.vim common code for mswin.vim, menu.vim and macmap.vim
|
||||
spellfile.vim downloading of a missing spell file
|
||||
|
||||
Occult completion files:
|
||||
Omni completion files:
|
||||
ccomplete.vim C
|
||||
csscomplete.vim HTML / CSS
|
||||
htmlcomplete.vim HTML
|
||||
|
||||
javascriptcomplete.vim Javascript
|
||||
phpcomplete.vim PHP
|
||||
pycomplete.vim Python
|
||||
syntaxcomplete.vim from syntax highlighting
|
||||
xmlcomplete.vim XML (uses files in the xml directory)
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
|
||||
" Vim completion script
|
||||
" Language: C
|
||||
" Maintainer: Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
|
||||
" Last Change: 2006 Feb 03
|
||||
" Last Change: 2006 Mar 24
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
" This function is used for the 'omnifunc' option.
|
||||
@@ -64,6 +64,9 @@ function! ccomplete#Complete(findstart, base)
|
||||
return []
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
" init cache for vimgrep to empty
|
||||
let s:grepCache = {}
|
||||
|
||||
" Split item in words, keep empty word after "." or "->".
|
||||
" "aa" -> ['aa'], "aa." -> ['aa', ''], "aa.bb" -> ['aa', 'bb'], etc.
|
||||
" We can't use split, because we need to skip nested [...].
|
||||
@@ -120,10 +123,11 @@ function! ccomplete#Complete(findstart, base)
|
||||
" Completing one word and it's a local variable: May add '[', '.' or
|
||||
" '->'.
|
||||
let match = items[0]
|
||||
if match(line, match . '\s*\[') > 0
|
||||
let kind = 'v'
|
||||
if match(line, '\<' . match . '\s*\[') > 0
|
||||
let match .= '['
|
||||
else
|
||||
let res = s:Nextitem(strpart(line, 0, col), [''], 0)
|
||||
let res = s:Nextitem(strpart(line, 0, col), [''], 0, 1)
|
||||
if len(res) > 0
|
||||
" There are members, thus add "." or "->".
|
||||
if match(line, '\*[ \t(]*' . match . '\>') > 0
|
||||
@@ -133,27 +137,40 @@ function! ccomplete#Complete(findstart, base)
|
||||
endif
|
||||
endif
|
||||
endif
|
||||
let res = [{'match': match, 'tagline' : ''}]
|
||||
let res = [{'match': match, 'tagline' : '', 'kind' : kind, 'info' : line}]
|
||||
else
|
||||
" Completing "var.", "var.something", etc.
|
||||
let res = s:Nextitem(strpart(line, 0, col), items[1:], 0)
|
||||
let res = s:Nextitem(strpart(line, 0, col), items[1:], 0, 1)
|
||||
endif
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
if len(items) == 1
|
||||
" Only one part, no "." or "->": complete from tags file.
|
||||
call extend(res, map(taglist('^' . base), 's:Tag2item(v:val)'))
|
||||
let tags = taglist('^' . base)
|
||||
|
||||
" Remove members, these can't appear without something in front.
|
||||
call filter(tags, 'has_key(v:val, "kind") ? v:val["kind"] != "m" : 1')
|
||||
|
||||
" Remove static matches in other files.
|
||||
call filter(tags, '!has_key(v:val, "static") || !v:val["static"] || bufnr("%") == bufnr(v:val["filename"])')
|
||||
|
||||
call extend(res, map(tags, 's:Tag2item(v:val)'))
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
if len(res) == 0
|
||||
" Find the variable in the tags file(s)
|
||||
let diclist = taglist('^' . items[0] . '$')
|
||||
|
||||
" Remove members, these can't appear without something in front.
|
||||
call filter(diclist, 'has_key(v:val, "kind") ? v:val["kind"] != "m" : 1')
|
||||
|
||||
let res = []
|
||||
for i in range(len(diclist))
|
||||
" New ctags has the "typename" field.
|
||||
" New ctags has the "typeref" field. Patched version has "typename".
|
||||
if has_key(diclist[i], 'typename')
|
||||
call extend(res, s:StructMembers(diclist[i]['typename'], items[1:]))
|
||||
call extend(res, s:StructMembers(diclist[i]['typename'], items[1:], 1))
|
||||
elseif has_key(diclist[i], 'typeref')
|
||||
call extend(res, s:StructMembers(diclist[i]['typeref'], items[1:], 1))
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
" For a variable use the command, which must be a search pattern that
|
||||
@@ -162,7 +179,7 @@ function! ccomplete#Complete(findstart, base)
|
||||
let line = diclist[i]['cmd']
|
||||
if line[0] == '/' && line[1] == '^'
|
||||
let col = match(line, '\<' . items[0] . '\>')
|
||||
call extend(res, s:Nextitem(strpart(line, 2, col - 2), items[1:], 0))
|
||||
call extend(res, s:Nextitem(strpart(line, 2, col - 2), items[1:], 0, 1))
|
||||
endif
|
||||
endif
|
||||
endfor
|
||||
@@ -173,7 +190,7 @@ function! ccomplete#Complete(findstart, base)
|
||||
" TODO: join previous line if it makes sense
|
||||
let line = getline('.')
|
||||
let col = col('.')
|
||||
let res = s:Nextitem(strpart(line, 0, col), items[1:], 0)
|
||||
let res = s:Nextitem(strpart(line, 0, col), items[1:], 0, 1)
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
" If the last item(s) are [...] they need to be added to the matches.
|
||||
@@ -197,7 +214,7 @@ function! s:GetAddition(line, match, memarg, bracket)
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
" Check if the item has members.
|
||||
if len(s:SearchMembers(a:memarg, [''])) > 0
|
||||
if len(s:SearchMembers(a:memarg, [''], 0)) > 0
|
||||
" If there is a '*' before the name use "->".
|
||||
if match(a:line, '\*[ \t(]*' . a:match . '\>') > 0
|
||||
return '->'
|
||||
@@ -213,30 +230,141 @@ endfunction
|
||||
" If it is a variable we may add "." or "->". Don't do it for other types,
|
||||
" such as a typedef, by not including the info that s:GetAddition() uses.
|
||||
function! s:Tag2item(val)
|
||||
let res = {'match': a:val['name']}
|
||||
|
||||
let res['extra'] = s:Tagcmd2extra(a:val['cmd'], a:val['name'], a:val['filename'])
|
||||
|
||||
let s = s:Dict2info(a:val)
|
||||
if s != ''
|
||||
let res['info'] = s
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
let res['tagline'] = ''
|
||||
if has_key(a:val, "kind")
|
||||
if a:val["kind"] == 'v'
|
||||
return {'match': a:val['name'], 'tagline': "\t" . a:val['cmd'], 'dict': a:val}
|
||||
endif
|
||||
if a:val["kind"] == 'f'
|
||||
return {'match': a:val['name'] . '(', 'tagline': ""}
|
||||
let kind = a:val['kind']
|
||||
let res['kind'] = kind
|
||||
if kind == 'v'
|
||||
let res['tagline'] = "\t" . a:val['cmd']
|
||||
let res['dict'] = a:val
|
||||
elseif kind == 'f'
|
||||
let res['match'] = a:val['name'] . '('
|
||||
endif
|
||||
endif
|
||||
return {'match': a:val['name'], 'tagline': ''}
|
||||
|
||||
return res
|
||||
endfunction
|
||||
|
||||
" Use all the items in dictionary for the "info" entry.
|
||||
function! s:Dict2info(dict)
|
||||
let info = ''
|
||||
for k in sort(keys(a:dict))
|
||||
let info .= k . repeat(' ', 10 - len(k))
|
||||
if k == 'cmd'
|
||||
let info .= substitute(matchstr(a:dict['cmd'], '/^\s*\zs.*\ze$/'), '\\\(.\)', '\1', 'g')
|
||||
else
|
||||
let info .= a:dict[k]
|
||||
endif
|
||||
let info .= "\n"
|
||||
endfor
|
||||
return info
|
||||
endfunc
|
||||
|
||||
" Parse a tag line and return a dictionary with items like taglist()
|
||||
function! s:ParseTagline(line)
|
||||
let l = split(a:line, "\t")
|
||||
let d = {}
|
||||
if len(l) >= 3
|
||||
let d['name'] = l[0]
|
||||
let d['filename'] = l[1]
|
||||
let d['cmd'] = l[2]
|
||||
let n = 2
|
||||
if l[2] =~ '^/'
|
||||
" Find end of cmd, it may contain Tabs.
|
||||
while n < len(l) && l[n] !~ '/;"$'
|
||||
let n += 1
|
||||
let d['cmd'] .= " " . l[n]
|
||||
endwhile
|
||||
endif
|
||||
for i in range(n + 1, len(l) - 1)
|
||||
if l[i] == 'file:'
|
||||
let d['static'] = 1
|
||||
elseif l[i] !~ ':'
|
||||
let d['kind'] = l[i]
|
||||
else
|
||||
let d[matchstr(l[i], '[^:]*')] = matchstr(l[i], ':\zs.*')
|
||||
endif
|
||||
endfor
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
return d
|
||||
endfunction
|
||||
|
||||
" Turn a match item "val" into an item for completion.
|
||||
" "val['match']" is the matching item.
|
||||
" "val['tagline']" is the tagline in which the last part was found.
|
||||
function! s:Tagline2item(val, brackets)
|
||||
return a:val['match'] . a:brackets . s:GetAddition(a:val['tagline'], a:val['match'], [a:val], a:brackets == '')
|
||||
let line = a:val['tagline']
|
||||
let add = s:GetAddition(line, a:val['match'], [a:val], a:brackets == '')
|
||||
let res = {'word': a:val['match'] . a:brackets . add }
|
||||
|
||||
if has_key(a:val, 'info')
|
||||
" Use info from Tag2item().
|
||||
let res['info'] = a:val['info']
|
||||
else
|
||||
" Parse the tag line and add each part to the "info" entry.
|
||||
let s = s:Dict2info(s:ParseTagline(line))
|
||||
if s != ''
|
||||
let res['info'] = s
|
||||
endif
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
if has_key(a:val, 'kind')
|
||||
let res['kind'] = a:val['kind']
|
||||
elseif add == '('
|
||||
let res['kind'] = 'f'
|
||||
else
|
||||
let s = matchstr(line, '\t\(kind:\)\=\zs\S\ze\(\t\|$\)')
|
||||
if s != ''
|
||||
let res['kind'] = s
|
||||
endif
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
if has_key(a:val, 'extra')
|
||||
let res['menu'] = a:val['extra']
|
||||
return res
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
" Isolate the command after the tag and filename.
|
||||
let s = matchstr(line, '[^\t]*\t[^\t]*\t\zs\(/^.*$/\|[^\t]*\)\ze\(;"\t\|\t\|$\)')
|
||||
if s != ''
|
||||
let res['menu'] = s:Tagcmd2extra(s, a:val['match'], matchstr(line, '[^\t]*\t\zs[^\t]*\ze\t'))
|
||||
endif
|
||||
return res
|
||||
endfunction
|
||||
|
||||
" Turn a command from a tag line to something that is useful in the menu
|
||||
function! s:Tagcmd2extra(cmd, name, fname)
|
||||
if a:cmd =~ '^/^'
|
||||
" The command is a search command, useful to see what it is.
|
||||
let x = matchstr(a:cmd, '^/^\s*\zs.*\ze$/')
|
||||
let x = substitute(x, '\<' . a:name . '\>', '@@', '')
|
||||
let x = substitute(x, '\\\(.\)', '\1', 'g')
|
||||
let x = x . ' - ' . a:fname
|
||||
elseif a:cmd =~ '^\d*$'
|
||||
" The command is a line number, the file name is more useful.
|
||||
let x = a:fname . ' - ' . a:cmd
|
||||
else
|
||||
" Not recognized, use command and file name.
|
||||
let x = a:cmd . ' - ' . a:fname
|
||||
endif
|
||||
return x
|
||||
endfunction
|
||||
|
||||
" Find composing type in "lead" and match items[0] with it.
|
||||
" Repeat this recursively for items[1], if it's there.
|
||||
" When resolving typedefs "depth" is used to avoid infinite recursion.
|
||||
" Return the list of matches.
|
||||
function! s:Nextitem(lead, items, depth)
|
||||
function! s:Nextitem(lead, items, depth, all)
|
||||
|
||||
" Use the text up to the variable name and split it in tokens.
|
||||
let tokens = split(a:lead, '\s\+\|\<')
|
||||
@@ -245,9 +373,14 @@ function! s:Nextitem(lead, items, depth)
|
||||
let res = []
|
||||
for tidx in range(len(tokens))
|
||||
|
||||
" Skip tokens starting with a non-ID character.
|
||||
if tokens[tidx] !~ '^\h'
|
||||
continue
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
" Recognize "struct foobar" and "union foobar".
|
||||
if (tokens[tidx] == 'struct' || tokens[tidx] == 'union') && tidx + 1 < len(tokens)
|
||||
let res = s:StructMembers(tokens[tidx] . ':' . tokens[tidx + 1], a:items)
|
||||
let res = s:StructMembers(tokens[tidx] . ':' . tokens[tidx + 1], a:items, a:all)
|
||||
break
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -259,20 +392,31 @@ function! s:Nextitem(lead, items, depth)
|
||||
" Use the tags file to find out if this is a typedef.
|
||||
let diclist = taglist('^' . tokens[tidx] . '$')
|
||||
for tagidx in range(len(diclist))
|
||||
" New ctags has the "typename" field.
|
||||
if has_key(diclist[tagidx], 'typename')
|
||||
call extend(res, s:StructMembers(diclist[tagidx]['typename'], a:items))
|
||||
let item = diclist[tagidx]
|
||||
|
||||
" New ctags has the "typeref" field. Patched version has "typename".
|
||||
if has_key(item, 'typeref')
|
||||
call extend(res, s:StructMembers(item['typeref'], a:items, a:all))
|
||||
continue
|
||||
endif
|
||||
if has_key(item, 'typename')
|
||||
call extend(res, s:StructMembers(item['typename'], a:items, a:all))
|
||||
continue
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
" Only handle typedefs here.
|
||||
if diclist[tagidx]['kind'] != 't'
|
||||
if item['kind'] != 't'
|
||||
continue
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
" Skip matches local to another file.
|
||||
if has_key(item, 'static') && item['static'] && bufnr('%') != bufnr(item['filename'])
|
||||
continue
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
" For old ctags we recognize "typedef struct aaa" and
|
||||
" "typedef union bbb" in the tags file command.
|
||||
let cmd = diclist[tagidx]['cmd']
|
||||
let cmd = item['cmd']
|
||||
let ei = matchend(cmd, 'typedef\s\+')
|
||||
if ei > 1
|
||||
let cmdtokens = split(strpart(cmd, ei), '\s\+\|\<')
|
||||
@@ -287,11 +431,11 @@ function! s:Nextitem(lead, items, depth)
|
||||
endif
|
||||
endfor
|
||||
if name != ''
|
||||
call extend(res, s:StructMembers(cmdtokens[0] . ':' . name, a:items))
|
||||
call extend(res, s:StructMembers(cmdtokens[0] . ':' . name, a:items, a:all))
|
||||
endif
|
||||
elseif a:depth < 10
|
||||
" Could be "typedef other_T some_T".
|
||||
call extend(res, s:Nextitem(cmdtokens[0], a:items, a:depth + 1))
|
||||
call extend(res, s:Nextitem(cmdtokens[0], a:items, a:depth + 1, a:all))
|
||||
endif
|
||||
endif
|
||||
endif
|
||||
@@ -308,7 +452,9 @@ endfunction
|
||||
" Search for members of structure "typename" in tags files.
|
||||
" Return a list with resulting matches.
|
||||
" Each match is a dictionary with "match" and "tagline" entries.
|
||||
function! s:StructMembers(typename, items)
|
||||
" When "all" is non-zero find all, otherwise just return 1 if there is any
|
||||
" member.
|
||||
function! s:StructMembers(typename, items, all)
|
||||
" Todo: What about local structures?
|
||||
let fnames = join(map(tagfiles(), 'escape(v:val, " \\")'))
|
||||
if fnames == ''
|
||||
@@ -317,21 +463,54 @@ function! s:StructMembers(typename, items)
|
||||
|
||||
let typename = a:typename
|
||||
let qflist = []
|
||||
while 1
|
||||
exe 'silent! vimgrep /\t' . typename . '\(\t\|$\)/j ' . fnames
|
||||
let qflist = getqflist()
|
||||
if len(qflist) > 0 || match(typename, "::") < 0
|
||||
break
|
||||
let cached = 0
|
||||
if a:all == 0
|
||||
let n = '1' " stop at first found match
|
||||
if has_key(s:grepCache, a:typename)
|
||||
let qflist = s:grepCache[a:typename]
|
||||
let cached = 1
|
||||
endif
|
||||
" No match for "struct:context::name", remove "context::" and try again.
|
||||
let typename = substitute(typename, ':[^:]*::', ':', '')
|
||||
endwhile
|
||||
else
|
||||
let n = ''
|
||||
endif
|
||||
if !cached
|
||||
while 1
|
||||
exe 'silent! ' . n . 'vimgrep /\t' . typename . '\(\t\|$\)/j ' . fnames
|
||||
|
||||
let qflist = getqflist()
|
||||
if len(qflist) > 0 || match(typename, "::") < 0
|
||||
break
|
||||
endif
|
||||
" No match for "struct:context::name", remove "context::" and try again.
|
||||
let typename = substitute(typename, ':[^:]*::', ':', '')
|
||||
endwhile
|
||||
|
||||
if a:all == 0
|
||||
" Store the result to be able to use it again later.
|
||||
let s:grepCache[a:typename] = qflist
|
||||
endif
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
" Put matching members in matches[].
|
||||
let matches = []
|
||||
for l in qflist
|
||||
let memb = matchstr(l['text'], '[^\t]*')
|
||||
if memb =~ '^' . a:items[0]
|
||||
call add(matches, {'match': memb, 'tagline': l['text']})
|
||||
" Skip matches local to another file.
|
||||
if match(l['text'], "\tfile:") < 0 || bufnr('%') == bufnr(matchstr(l['text'], '\t\zs[^\t]*'))
|
||||
let item = {'match': memb, 'tagline': l['text']}
|
||||
|
||||
" Add the kind of item.
|
||||
let s = matchstr(l['text'], '\t\(kind:\)\=\zs\S\ze\(\t\|$\)')
|
||||
if s != ''
|
||||
let item['kind'] = s
|
||||
if s == 'f'
|
||||
let item['match'] = memb . '('
|
||||
endif
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
call add(matches, item)
|
||||
endif
|
||||
endif
|
||||
endfor
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -350,7 +529,7 @@ function! s:StructMembers(typename, items)
|
||||
|
||||
" More items following. For each of the possible members find the
|
||||
" matching following members.
|
||||
return s:SearchMembers(matches, a:items[idx :])
|
||||
return s:SearchMembers(matches, a:items[idx :], a:all)
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
" Failed to find anything.
|
||||
@@ -358,35 +537,46 @@ function! s:StructMembers(typename, items)
|
||||
endfunction
|
||||
|
||||
" For matching members, find matches for following items.
|
||||
function! s:SearchMembers(matches, items)
|
||||
" When "all" is non-zero find all, otherwise just return 1 if there is any
|
||||
" member.
|
||||
function! s:SearchMembers(matches, items, all)
|
||||
let res = []
|
||||
for i in range(len(a:matches))
|
||||
let typename = ''
|
||||
if has_key(a:matches[i], 'dict')
|
||||
if has_key(a:matches[i].dict, 'typename')
|
||||
let typename = a:matches[i].dict['typename']
|
||||
elseif has_key(a:matches[i].dict, 'typeref')
|
||||
let typename = a:matches[i].dict['typeref']
|
||||
endif
|
||||
let line = "\t" . a:matches[i].dict['cmd']
|
||||
else
|
||||
let line = a:matches[i]['tagline']
|
||||
let e = matchend(line, '\ttypename:')
|
||||
if e < 0
|
||||
let e = matchend(line, '\ttyperef:')
|
||||
endif
|
||||
if e > 0
|
||||
" Use typename field
|
||||
let typename = matchstr(line, '[^\t]*', e)
|
||||
endif
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
if typename != ''
|
||||
call extend(res, s:StructMembers(typename, a:items))
|
||||
call extend(res, s:StructMembers(typename, a:items, a:all))
|
||||
else
|
||||
" Use the search command (the declaration itself).
|
||||
let s = match(line, '\t\zs/^')
|
||||
if s > 0
|
||||
let e = match(line, '\<' . a:matches[i]['match'] . '\>', s)
|
||||
if e > 0
|
||||
call extend(res, s:Nextitem(strpart(line, s, e - s), a:items, 0))
|
||||
call extend(res, s:Nextitem(strpart(line, s, e - s), a:items, 0, a:all))
|
||||
endif
|
||||
endif
|
||||
endif
|
||||
if a:all == 0 && len(res) > 0
|
||||
break
|
||||
endif
|
||||
endfor
|
||||
return res
|
||||
endfunc
|
||||
|
||||
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
@@ -1,33 +1,47 @@
|
||||
" Vim completion script
|
||||
" Language: Java Script
|
||||
" Maintainer: Mikolaj Machowski ( mikmach AT wp DOT pl )
|
||||
" Last Change: 2006 Jan 30
|
||||
" Last Change: 2006 Feb 6
|
||||
|
||||
function! javascriptcomplete#CompleteJS(findstart, base)
|
||||
if a:findstart
|
||||
" locate the start of the word
|
||||
let line = getline('.')
|
||||
let start = col('.') - 1
|
||||
" locate the start of the word
|
||||
let line = getline('.')
|
||||
let start = col('.') - 1
|
||||
let curline = line('.')
|
||||
let compl_begin = col('.') - 2
|
||||
" Bit risky but JS is rather limited language and local chars shouldn't
|
||||
" fint way into names
|
||||
while start >= 0 && line[start - 1] =~ '\w'
|
||||
while start >= 0 && line[start - 1] =~ '\k'
|
||||
let start -= 1
|
||||
endwhile
|
||||
endwhile
|
||||
let b:compl_context = getline('.')[0:compl_begin]
|
||||
return start
|
||||
return start
|
||||
else
|
||||
" Initialize base return lists
|
||||
let res = []
|
||||
let res2 = []
|
||||
let res = []
|
||||
let res2 = []
|
||||
" a:base is very short - we need context
|
||||
let context = b:compl_context
|
||||
" Shortcontext is context without a:base, useful for checking if we are
|
||||
" looking for objects
|
||||
" looking for objects and for what objects we are looking for
|
||||
let context = b:compl_context
|
||||
let shortcontext = substitute(context, a:base.'$', '', '')
|
||||
unlet! b:compl_context
|
||||
|
||||
if exists("b:jsrange")
|
||||
let file = getline(b:jsrange[0],b:jsrange[1])
|
||||
unlet! b:jsrange
|
||||
|
||||
if len(b:js_extfiles) > 0
|
||||
let file = b:js_extfiles + file
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
else
|
||||
let file = getline(1, '$')
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
" Completion of properties, methods, etc. {{{
|
||||
if shortcontext =~ '\.$'
|
||||
" Complete methods and properties for objects
|
||||
" DOM separate
|
||||
@@ -91,7 +105,7 @@ function! javascriptcomplete#CompleteJS(findstart, base)
|
||||
|
||||
" RegExp
|
||||
let regeprop = ['constructor', 'global', 'ignoreCase', 'lastIndex', 'multiline', 'source', 'prototype']
|
||||
let regemeth = ['exec', 'toSource', 'toString', 'test', 'watch', 'unwatch']
|
||||
let regemeth = ['exec', 'test', 'toSource', 'toString', 'watch', 'unwatch']
|
||||
call map(regemeth, 'v:val."("')
|
||||
let reges = regeprop + regemeth
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -106,19 +120,17 @@ function! javascriptcomplete#CompleteJS(findstart, base)
|
||||
let stris = striprop + strimeth
|
||||
|
||||
" User created properties
|
||||
if exists("b:jsrange")
|
||||
let file = getline(b:jsrange[0],b:jsrange[1])
|
||||
unlet! b:jsrange
|
||||
else
|
||||
let file = getline(1, '$')
|
||||
endif
|
||||
let user_props1 = filter(copy(file), 'v:val =~ "this\\.\\w"')
|
||||
let user_props1 = filter(copy(file), 'v:val =~ "this\\.\\k"')
|
||||
let juser_props1 = join(user_props1, ' ')
|
||||
let user_props1 = split(juser_props1, '\zethis\.')
|
||||
unlet! juser_props1
|
||||
call map(user_props1, 'matchstr(v:val, "this\\.\\zs\\w\\+\\ze")')
|
||||
let user_props2 = filter(copy(file), 'v:val =~ "\\.prototype\\.\\w"')
|
||||
call map(user_props2, 'matchstr(v:val, "\\.prototype\\.\\zs\\w\\+\\ze")')
|
||||
call map(user_props1, 'matchstr(v:val, "this\\.\\zs\\k\\+\\ze")')
|
||||
|
||||
let user_props2 = filter(copy(file), 'v:val =~ "\\.prototype\\.\\k"')
|
||||
let juser_props2 = join(user_props2, ' ')
|
||||
let user_props2 = split(juser_props2, '\zeprototype\.')
|
||||
unlet! juser_props2
|
||||
call map(user_props2, 'matchstr(v:val, "prototype\\.\\zs\\k\\+\\ze")')
|
||||
let user_props = user_props1 + user_props2
|
||||
|
||||
" HTML DOM properties
|
||||
@@ -149,7 +161,15 @@ function! javascriptcomplete#CompleteJS(findstart, base)
|
||||
\ 'onClick', 'onDblClick', 'onFocus', 'onKeyDown', 'onKeyPress', 'onKeyUp',
|
||||
\ 'onMouseDown', 'onMouseMove', 'onMouseOut', 'onMouseOver', 'onMouseUp', 'onResize']
|
||||
call map(documeth, 'v:val."("')
|
||||
let docus = docuprop + documeth
|
||||
let docuxprop = ['attributes', 'childNodes', 'doctype', 'documentElement', 'firstChild',
|
||||
\ 'implementation', 'namespaceURI', 'nextSibling', 'nodeName', 'nodeType',
|
||||
\ 'nodeValue', 'ownerDocument', 'parentNode', 'previousSibling']
|
||||
let docuxmeth = ['createAttribute', 'createCDATASection',
|
||||
\ 'createComment', 'createDocument', 'createDocumentFragment',
|
||||
\ 'createElement', 'createEntityReference', 'createProcessingInstruction',
|
||||
\ 'createTextNode']
|
||||
call map(docuxmeth, 'v:val."("')
|
||||
let docus = docuprop + docuxprop + documeth + docuxmeth
|
||||
" Form - form.
|
||||
let formprop = ['elements', 'acceptCharset', 'action', 'encoding', 'enctype', 'id', 'length',
|
||||
\ 'method', 'name', 'tabIndex', 'target']
|
||||
@@ -178,7 +198,7 @@ function! javascriptcomplete#CompleteJS(findstart, base)
|
||||
let ifras = ifraprop
|
||||
" Image - image.
|
||||
let imagprop = ['align', 'alt', 'border', 'complete', 'height', 'hspace', 'id', 'isMap', 'longDesc',
|
||||
\ 'lowsrc', 'name', 'src', 'useMap', 'vspace', 'width']
|
||||
\ 'lowSrc', 'name', 'src', 'useMap', 'vspace', 'width']
|
||||
let imagmeth = ['onAbort', 'onError', 'onLoad']
|
||||
call map(imagmeth, 'v:val."("')
|
||||
let imags = histprop + imagmeth
|
||||
@@ -282,13 +302,13 @@ function! javascriptcomplete#CompleteJS(findstart, base)
|
||||
\ 'borderBottomColor', 'borderLeftColor', 'borderRightColor', 'borderTopColor',
|
||||
\ 'borderBottomStyle', 'borderLeftStyle', 'borderRightStyle', 'borderTopStyle',
|
||||
\ 'borderBottomWidth', 'borderLeftWidth', 'borderRightWidth', 'borderTopWidth',
|
||||
\ 'borderColor', 'borderStyle', 'borderWidth', 'margin', 'marginBottom',
|
||||
\ 'marginLeft', 'marginRight', 'marginTop', 'outline', 'outlineStyle', 'outlineWidth',
|
||||
\ 'outlineColor', 'outlineStyle', 'outlineWidth', 'padding', 'paddingBottom',
|
||||
\ 'paddingLeft', 'paddingRight', 'paddingTop',
|
||||
\ 'clear', 'clip', 'clipBottom', 'clipLeft', 'clipRight', 'clipTop', 'content',
|
||||
\ 'counterIncrement', 'counterReset', 'cssFloat', 'cursor', 'direction',
|
||||
\ 'display', 'markerOffset', 'marks', 'maxHeight', 'maxWidth', 'minHeight',
|
||||
\ 'borderColor', 'borderStyle', 'borderWidth', 'margin', 'marginBottom',
|
||||
\ 'marginLeft', 'marginRight', 'marginTop', 'outline', 'outlineStyle', 'outlineWidth',
|
||||
\ 'outlineColor', 'outlineStyle', 'outlineWidth', 'padding', 'paddingBottom',
|
||||
\ 'paddingLeft', 'paddingRight', 'paddingTop',
|
||||
\ 'clear', 'clip', 'clipBottom', 'clipLeft', 'clipRight', 'clipTop', 'content',
|
||||
\ 'counterIncrement', 'counterReset', 'cssFloat', 'cursor', 'direction',
|
||||
\ 'display', 'markerOffset', 'marks', 'maxHeight', 'maxWidth', 'minHeight',
|
||||
\ 'minWidth', 'overflow', 'overflowX', 'overflowY', 'verticalAlign', 'visibility',
|
||||
\ 'width',
|
||||
\ 'listStyle', 'listStyleImage', 'listStylePosition', 'listStyleType',
|
||||
@@ -320,13 +340,14 @@ function! javascriptcomplete#CompleteJS(findstart, base)
|
||||
" Textarea - accessible only by other properties
|
||||
let tareprop = ['accessKey', 'cols', 'defaultValue',
|
||||
\ 'disabled', 'form', 'id', 'name', 'readOnly', 'rows',
|
||||
\ 'tabIndex', 'type', 'value']
|
||||
\ 'tabIndex', 'type', 'value', 'selectionStart', 'selectionEnd']
|
||||
let taremeth = ['blur', 'focus', 'select', 'onBlur', 'onChange', 'onFocus']
|
||||
call map(taremeth, 'v:val."("')
|
||||
let tares = tareprop + taremeth
|
||||
" Window - window.
|
||||
let windprop = ['frames', 'closed', 'defaultStatus', 'length', 'name', 'opener', 'parent',
|
||||
\ 'self', 'status', 'top']
|
||||
let windprop = ['frames', 'closed', 'defaultStatus', 'encodeURI', 'event', 'history',
|
||||
\ 'length', 'location', 'name', 'onload', 'opener', 'parent', 'screen', 'self',
|
||||
\ 'status', 'top', 'XMLHttpRequest', 'ActiveXObject']
|
||||
let windmeth = ['alert', 'blur', 'clearInterval', 'clearTimeout', 'close', 'confirm', 'focus',
|
||||
\ 'moveBy', 'moveTo', 'open', 'print', 'prompt', 'scrollBy', 'scrollTo', 'setInterval',
|
||||
\ 'setTimeout']
|
||||
@@ -334,15 +355,81 @@ function! javascriptcomplete#CompleteJS(findstart, base)
|
||||
let winds = windprop + windmeth
|
||||
" XMLHttpRequest - access by new xxx()
|
||||
let xmlhprop = ['onreadystatechange', 'readyState', 'responseText', 'responseXML',
|
||||
\ 'status', 'statusText']
|
||||
\ 'status', 'statusText', 'parseError']
|
||||
let xmlhmeth = ['abort', 'getAllResponseHeaders', 'getResponseHeaders', 'open',
|
||||
\ 'send', 'setRequestHeader']
|
||||
call map(xmlhmeth, 'v:val."("')
|
||||
let xmlhs = xmlhprop + xmlhmeth
|
||||
|
||||
let object = matchstr(shortcontext, '\zs\w\+\ze\(\[.\{-}\]\)\?\.$')
|
||||
let decl_line = search(object.'.\{-}=\s*new\s*', 'bn')
|
||||
let object_type = matchstr(getline(decl_line), object.'.\{-}=\s*new\s*\zs\w\+\ze')
|
||||
" XML DOM
|
||||
" Attributes - element.attributes[x].
|
||||
let xdomattrprop = ['name', 'specified', 'value']
|
||||
" Element - anyelement.
|
||||
let xdomelemprop = ['attributes', 'childNodes', 'firstChild', 'lastChild',
|
||||
\ 'namespaceURI', 'nextSibling', 'nodeName', 'nodeType', 'nodeValue',
|
||||
\ 'ownerDocument', 'parentNode', 'prefix', 'previousSibling', 'tagName']
|
||||
let xdomelemmeth = ['appendChild', 'cloneNode', 'getAttribute', 'getAttributeNode',
|
||||
\ 'getElementsByTagName', 'hasChildNodes', 'insertBefore', 'normalize',
|
||||
\ 'removeAttribute', 'removeAttributeNode', 'removeChild', 'replaceChild',
|
||||
\ 'setAttribute', 'setAttributeNode']
|
||||
call map(xdomelemmeth, 'v:val."("')
|
||||
let xdomelems = xdomelemprop + xdomelemmeth
|
||||
" Node - anynode.
|
||||
let xdomnodeprop = ['attributes', 'childNodes', 'firstChild', 'lastChild',
|
||||
\ 'namespaceURI', 'nextSibling', 'nodeName', 'nodeType', 'nodeValue',
|
||||
\ 'ownerDocument', 'parentNode', 'prefix', 'previousSibling']
|
||||
let xdomnodemeth = ['appendChild', 'cloneNode',
|
||||
\ 'hasChildNodes', 'insertBefore', 'removeChild', 'replaceChild']
|
||||
call map(xdomnodemeth, 'v:val."("')
|
||||
let xdomnodes = xdomnodeprop + xdomnodemeth
|
||||
" NodeList
|
||||
let xdomnliss = ['length', 'item(']
|
||||
" Error - parseError.
|
||||
let xdomerror = ['errorCode', 'reason', 'line', 'linepos', 'srcText', 'url', 'filepos']
|
||||
|
||||
" Find object type declaration to reduce number of suggestions. {{{
|
||||
" 1. Get object name
|
||||
" 2. Find object declaration line
|
||||
" 3. General declaration follows "= new Type" syntax, additional else
|
||||
" for regexp "= /re/"
|
||||
" 4. Make correction for Microsoft.XMLHTTP ActiveXObject
|
||||
" 5. Repeat for external files
|
||||
let object = matchstr(shortcontext, '\zs\k\+\ze\(\[.\{-}\]\)\?\.$')
|
||||
if len(object) > 0
|
||||
let decl_line = search(object.'.\{-}=\s*new\s*', 'bn')
|
||||
if decl_line > 0
|
||||
let object_type = matchstr(getline(decl_line), object.'.\{-}=\s*new\s*\zs\k\+\ze')
|
||||
if object_type == 'ActiveXObject' && matchstr(getline(decl_line), object.'.\{-}=\s*new\s*ActiveXObject\s*(.Microsoft\.XMLHTTP.)') != ''
|
||||
let object_type = 'XMLHttpRequest'
|
||||
endif
|
||||
else
|
||||
let decl_line = search('var\s*'.object.'\s*=\s*\/', 'bn')
|
||||
if decl_line > 0
|
||||
let object_type = 'RegExp'
|
||||
endif
|
||||
endif
|
||||
" We didn't find var declaration in current file but we may have
|
||||
" something in external files.
|
||||
if decl_line == 0 && exists("b:js_extfiles")
|
||||
let dext_line = filter(copy(b:js_extfiles), 'v:val =~ "'.object.'.\\{-}=\\s*new\\s*"')
|
||||
if len(dext_line) > 0
|
||||
let object_type = matchstr(dext_line[-1], object.'.\{-}=\s*new\s*\zs\k\+\ze')
|
||||
if object_type == 'ActiveXObject' && matchstr(dext_line[-1], object.'.\{-}=\s*new\s*ActiveXObject\s*(.Microsoft\.XMLHTTP.)') != ''
|
||||
let object_type = 'XMLHttpRequest'
|
||||
endif
|
||||
else
|
||||
let dext_line = filter(copy(b:js_extfiles), 'v:val =~ "var\s*'.object.'\\s*=\\s*\\/"')
|
||||
if len(dext_line) > 0
|
||||
let object_type = 'RegExp'
|
||||
endif
|
||||
endif
|
||||
endif
|
||||
endif
|
||||
" }}}
|
||||
|
||||
if !exists('object_type')
|
||||
let object_type = ''
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
if object_type == 'Date'
|
||||
let values = dates
|
||||
@@ -357,13 +444,17 @@ function! javascriptcomplete#CompleteJS(findstart, base)
|
||||
let values = xmlhs
|
||||
elseif object_type == 'String'
|
||||
let values = stris
|
||||
elseif object_type == 'RegExp'
|
||||
let values = reges
|
||||
elseif object_type == 'Math'
|
||||
let values = maths
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
if !exists('values')
|
||||
" List of properties
|
||||
if shortcontext =~ 'Math\.$'
|
||||
let values = maths
|
||||
elseif shortcontext =~ 'anchor\.$'
|
||||
elseif shortcontext =~ 'anchors\(\[.\{-}\]\)\?\.$'
|
||||
let values = anths
|
||||
elseif shortcontext =~ 'area\.$'
|
||||
let values = areas
|
||||
@@ -373,7 +464,7 @@ function! javascriptcomplete#CompleteJS(findstart, base)
|
||||
let values = bodys
|
||||
elseif shortcontext =~ 'document\.$'
|
||||
let values = docus
|
||||
elseif shortcontext =~ 'form\.$'
|
||||
elseif shortcontext =~ 'forms\(\[.\{-}\]\)\?\.$'
|
||||
let values = forms
|
||||
elseif shortcontext =~ 'frameset\.$'
|
||||
let values = fsets
|
||||
@@ -381,9 +472,9 @@ function! javascriptcomplete#CompleteJS(findstart, base)
|
||||
let values = hists
|
||||
elseif shortcontext =~ 'iframe\.$'
|
||||
let values = ifras
|
||||
elseif shortcontext =~ 'image\.$'
|
||||
elseif shortcontext =~ 'images\(\[.\{-}\]\)\?\.$'
|
||||
let values = imags
|
||||
elseif shortcontext =~ 'link\.$'
|
||||
elseif shortcontext =~ 'links\(\[.\{-}\]\)\?\.$'
|
||||
let values = links
|
||||
elseif shortcontext =~ 'location\.$'
|
||||
let values = locas
|
||||
@@ -405,11 +496,16 @@ function! javascriptcomplete#CompleteJS(findstart, base)
|
||||
let values = trows
|
||||
elseif shortcontext =~ 'window\.$'
|
||||
let values = winds
|
||||
elseif shortcontext =~ 'parseError\.$'
|
||||
let values = xdomerror
|
||||
elseif shortcontext =~ 'attributes\[\d\+\]\.$'
|
||||
let values = xdomattrprop
|
||||
else
|
||||
let values = user_props + arrays + dates + funcs + maths + numbs + objes + reges + stris
|
||||
let values += doms + anths + areas + bases + bodys + docus + forms + frams + fsets + hists
|
||||
let values += ifras + imags + links + locas + metas + navis + objes + scres + styls
|
||||
let values += tabls + trows + winds
|
||||
let values += ifras + imags + links + locas + metas + navis + objes + scres
|
||||
let values += tabls + trows + tares + winds
|
||||
let values += xdomnodes + xdomnliss + xdomelems
|
||||
endif
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -425,49 +521,62 @@ function! javascriptcomplete#CompleteJS(findstart, base)
|
||||
return res + res2
|
||||
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
if exists("b:jsrange")
|
||||
let file = getline(b:jsrange[0],b:jsrange[1])
|
||||
unlet! b:jsrange
|
||||
else
|
||||
let file = getline(1, '$')
|
||||
endif
|
||||
" }}}
|
||||
|
||||
" Get variables data.
|
||||
let variables = filter(copy(file), 'v:val =~ "var\\s"')
|
||||
call map(variables, 'matchstr(v:val, ".\\{-}var\\s\\+\\zs.*\\ze")')
|
||||
call map(variables, 'substitute(v:val, ";\\|$", ",", "g")')
|
||||
let vars = []
|
||||
" This loop is necessary to get variable names from constructs like:
|
||||
" var var1, var2, var3 = "something";
|
||||
" This loop (and next one) is necessary to get variable names from
|
||||
" constructs like: var var1, var2, var3 = "something";
|
||||
for i in range(len(variables))
|
||||
let comma_separated = split(variables[i], ',\s*')
|
||||
call map(comma_separated, 'matchstr(v:val, "\\w\\+")')
|
||||
call map(comma_separated, 'matchstr(v:val, "\\k\\+")')
|
||||
let vars += comma_separated
|
||||
endfor
|
||||
|
||||
let variables = sort(vars)
|
||||
unlet! vars
|
||||
|
||||
" Add undeclared variables.
|
||||
let undeclared_variables = filter(copy(file), 'v:val =~ "^\\s*\\w\\+\\s*="')
|
||||
call map(undeclared_variables, 'matchstr(v:val, "^\\s*\\zs\\w\\+\\ze")')
|
||||
" Add "no var" variables.
|
||||
let undeclared_variables = filter(copy(file), 'v:val =~ "^\\s*\\k\\+\\s*="')
|
||||
let u_vars = []
|
||||
for i in range(len(undeclared_variables))
|
||||
let split_equal = split(undeclared_variables[i], '\s*=')
|
||||
call map(split_equal, 'matchstr(v:val, "\\k\\+$")')
|
||||
let u_vars += split_equal
|
||||
endfor
|
||||
|
||||
let variables += sort(undeclared_variables)
|
||||
let variables += sort(u_vars)
|
||||
unlet! u_vars
|
||||
|
||||
" Get functions
|
||||
let functions = filter(copy(file), 'v:val =~ "^\\s*function\\s"')
|
||||
let arguments = copy(functions)
|
||||
call map(functions, 'matchstr(v:val, "^\\s*function\\s\\+\\zs\\w\\+")')
|
||||
call map(functions, 'matchstr(v:val, "^\\s*function\\s\\+\\zs\\k\\+")')
|
||||
call map(functions, 'v:val."("')
|
||||
let functions = sort(functions)
|
||||
|
||||
" Create table to keep arguments for additional 'menu' info
|
||||
let b:js_menuinfo = {}
|
||||
for i in arguments
|
||||
let g:ia = i
|
||||
let f_elements = matchlist(i, 'function\s\+\(\k\+\)\s*(\(.\{-}\))')
|
||||
if len(f_elements) == 3
|
||||
let b:js_menuinfo[f_elements[1].'('] = f_elements[2]
|
||||
endif
|
||||
endfor
|
||||
|
||||
" Get functions arguments
|
||||
call map(arguments, 'matchstr(v:val, "function.\\{-}(\\zs.\\{-}\\ze)")')
|
||||
let jargs = join(arguments, ',')
|
||||
let jargs = substitute(jargs, '\s', '', 'g')
|
||||
let arguments = split(jargs, ',')
|
||||
let arguments = sort(arguments)
|
||||
|
||||
" Built-in functions
|
||||
let builtin = []
|
||||
let builtin = ['alert(', 'confirm(']
|
||||
|
||||
" Top-level HTML DOM objects
|
||||
let htmldom = ['document', 'anchor', 'area', 'base', 'body', 'document', 'event', 'form', 'frame', 'frameset', 'history', 'iframe', 'image', 'input', 'link', 'location', 'meta', 'navigator', 'object', 'option', 'screen', 'select', 'table', 'tableData', 'tableHeader', 'tableRow', 'textarea', 'window']
|
||||
@@ -491,5 +600,26 @@ function! javascriptcomplete#CompleteJS(findstart, base)
|
||||
endif
|
||||
endfor
|
||||
|
||||
return res + res2
|
||||
let menu = res + res2
|
||||
let final_menu = []
|
||||
for i in range(len(menu))
|
||||
let item = menu[i]
|
||||
if item =~ '($'
|
||||
let kind = 'f'
|
||||
if has_key(b:js_menuinfo, item)
|
||||
let m_info = b:js_menuinfo[item]
|
||||
else
|
||||
let m_info = ''
|
||||
endif
|
||||
else
|
||||
let kind = 'v'
|
||||
let m_info = ''
|
||||
endif
|
||||
let final_menu += [{'word':item, 'menu':m_info, 'kind':kind}]
|
||||
endfor
|
||||
let g:fm = final_menu
|
||||
return final_menu
|
||||
|
||||
endfunction
|
||||
|
||||
" vim:set foldmethod=marker:
|
||||
|
||||
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
|
||||
" netrwFileHandlers: contains various extension-based file handlers for
|
||||
" netrw's browsers' x command ("eXecute launcher")
|
||||
" Author: Charles E. Campbell, Jr.
|
||||
" Date: Oct 12, 2005
|
||||
" Version: 7
|
||||
" Date: Mar 22, 2006
|
||||
" Version: 8
|
||||
" Copyright: Copyright (C) 1999-2005 Charles E. Campbell, Jr. {{{1
|
||||
" Permission is hereby granted to use and distribute this code,
|
||||
" with or without modifications, provided that this copyright
|
||||
@@ -22,22 +22,27 @@ if exists("g:loaded_netrwFileHandlers") || &cp
|
||||
endif
|
||||
let s:keepcpo= &cpo
|
||||
set cpo&vim
|
||||
let g:loaded_netrwFileHandlers= "v7"
|
||||
let g:loaded_netrwFileHandlers= "v8"
|
||||
|
||||
" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
" netrwFileHandlers#Init: {{{1
|
||||
" This functions is here to allow a call to this function to autoload
|
||||
" the netrwFileHandlers.vim file
|
||||
fun! netrwFileHandlers#Init()
|
||||
" call Dfunc("netrwFileHandlers#Init()")
|
||||
" call Dret("netrwFileHandlers#Init")
|
||||
" netrwFileHandlers#Invoke: {{{2
|
||||
fun! netrwFileHandlers#Invoke(exten,fname)
|
||||
" call Dfunc("netrwFileHandlers#Invoke(exten<".a:exten."> fname<".a:fname.">)")
|
||||
|
||||
if a:exten != "" && exists("*s:NFH_".a:exten)
|
||||
" call Decho("let ret= netrwFileHandlers#NFH_".a:exten.'("'.a:fname.'")')
|
||||
exe "let ret= s:NFH_".a:exten.'("'.a:fname.'")'
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
" call Dret("netrwFileHandlers#Invoke 0 : ret=".ret)
|
||||
return 0
|
||||
endfun
|
||||
|
||||
" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
" netrwFileHandlers#NFH_html: handles html when the user hits "x" when the {{{1
|
||||
" s:NFH_html: handles html when the user hits "x" when the {{{1
|
||||
" cursor is atop a *.html file
|
||||
fun! netrwFileHandlers#NFH_html(pagefile)
|
||||
" call Dfunc("netrwFileHandlers#NFH_html(".a:pagefile.")")
|
||||
fun! s:NFH_html(pagefile)
|
||||
" call Dfunc("s:NFH_html(".a:pagefile.")")
|
||||
|
||||
let page= substitute(a:pagefile,'^','file://','')
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -48,19 +53,19 @@ fun! netrwFileHandlers#NFH_html(pagefile)
|
||||
" call Decho("executing !netscape ".page)
|
||||
exe "!netscape \"".page.'"'
|
||||
else
|
||||
" call Dret("netrwFileHandlers#NFH_html 0")
|
||||
" call Dret("s:NFH_html 0")
|
||||
return 0
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
" call Dret("netrwFileHandlers#NFH_html 1")
|
||||
" call Dret("s:NFH_html 1")
|
||||
return 1
|
||||
endfun
|
||||
|
||||
" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
" netrwFileHandlers#NFH_htm: handles html when the user hits "x" when the {{{1
|
||||
" s:NFH_htm: handles html when the user hits "x" when the {{{1
|
||||
" cursor is atop a *.htm file
|
||||
fun! netrwFileHandlers#NFH_htm(pagefile)
|
||||
" call Dfunc("netrwFileHandlers#NFH_htm(".a:pagefile.")")
|
||||
fun! s:NFH_htm(pagefile)
|
||||
" call Dfunc("s:NFH_htm(".a:pagefile.")")
|
||||
|
||||
let page= substitute(a:pagefile,'^','file://','')
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -71,18 +76,18 @@ fun! netrwFileHandlers#NFH_htm(pagefile)
|
||||
" call Decho("executing !netscape ".page)
|
||||
exe "!netscape \"".page.'"'
|
||||
else
|
||||
" call Dret("netrwFileHandlers#NFH_htm 0")
|
||||
" call Dret("s:NFH_htm 0")
|
||||
return 0
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
" call Dret("netrwFileHandlers#NFH_htm 1")
|
||||
" call Dret("s:NFH_htm 1")
|
||||
return 1
|
||||
endfun
|
||||
|
||||
" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
" netrwFileHandlers#NFH_jpg: {{{1
|
||||
fun! netrwFileHandlers#NFH_jpg(jpgfile)
|
||||
" call Dfunc("netrwFileHandlers#NFH_jpg(jpgfile<".a:jpgfile.">)")
|
||||
" s:NFH_jpg: {{{1
|
||||
fun! s:NFH_jpg(jpgfile)
|
||||
" call Dfunc("s:NFH_jpg(jpgfile<".a:jpgfile.">)")
|
||||
|
||||
if executable("gimp")
|
||||
exe "silent! !gimp -s ".a:jpgfile
|
||||
@@ -90,181 +95,181 @@ fun! netrwFileHandlers#NFH_jpg(jpgfile)
|
||||
" call Decho("silent! !".expand("$SystemRoot")."/SYSTEM32/MSPAINT ".escape(a:jpgfile," []|'"))
|
||||
exe "!".expand("$SystemRoot")."/SYSTEM32/MSPAINT \"".a:jpgfile.'"'
|
||||
else
|
||||
" call Dret("netrwFileHandlers#NFH_jpg 0")
|
||||
" call Dret("s:NFH_jpg 0")
|
||||
return 0
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
" call Dret("netrwFileHandlers#NFH_jpg 1")
|
||||
" call Dret("s:NFH_jpg 1")
|
||||
return 1
|
||||
endfun
|
||||
|
||||
" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
" netrwFileHandlers#NFH_gif: {{{1
|
||||
fun! netrwFileHandlers#NFH_gif(giffile)
|
||||
" call Dfunc("netrwFileHandlers#NFH_gif(giffile<".a:giffile.">)")
|
||||
" s:NFH_gif: {{{1
|
||||
fun! s:NFH_gif(giffile)
|
||||
" call Dfunc("s:NFH_gif(giffile<".a:giffile.">)")
|
||||
|
||||
if executable("gimp")
|
||||
exe "silent! !gimp -s ".a:giffile
|
||||
elseif executable(expand("$SystemRoot")."/SYSTEM32/MSPAINT.EXE")
|
||||
exe "silent! !".expand("$SystemRoot")."/SYSTEM32/MSPAINT \"".a:giffile.'"'
|
||||
else
|
||||
" call Dret("netrwFileHandlers#NFH_gif 0")
|
||||
" call Dret("s:NFH_gif 0")
|
||||
return 0
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
" call Dret("netrwFileHandlers#NFH_gif 1")
|
||||
" call Dret("s:NFH_gif 1")
|
||||
return 1
|
||||
endfun
|
||||
|
||||
" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
" netrwFileHandlers#NFH_png: {{{1
|
||||
fun! netrwFileHandlers#NFH_png(pngfile)
|
||||
" call Dfunc("netrwFileHandlers#NFH_png(pngfile<".a:pngfile.">)")
|
||||
" s:NFH_png: {{{1
|
||||
fun! s:NFH_png(pngfile)
|
||||
" call Dfunc("s:NFH_png(pngfile<".a:pngfile.">)")
|
||||
|
||||
if executable("gimp")
|
||||
exe "silent! !gimp -s ".a:pngfile
|
||||
elseif executable(expand("$SystemRoot")."/SYSTEM32/MSPAINT.EXE")
|
||||
exe "silent! !".expand("$SystemRoot")."/SYSTEM32/MSPAINT \"".a:pngfile.'"'
|
||||
else
|
||||
" call Dret("netrwFileHandlers#NFH_png 0")
|
||||
" call Dret("s:NFH_png 0")
|
||||
return 0
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
" call Dret("netrwFileHandlers#NFH_png 1")
|
||||
" call Dret("s:NFH_png 1")
|
||||
return 1
|
||||
endfun
|
||||
|
||||
" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
" netrwFileHandlers#NFH_pnm: {{{1
|
||||
fun! netrwFileHandlers#NFH_pnm(pnmfile)
|
||||
" call Dfunc("netrwFileHandlers#NFH_pnm(pnmfile<".a:pnmfile.">)")
|
||||
" s:NFH_pnm: {{{1
|
||||
fun! s:NFH_pnm(pnmfile)
|
||||
" call Dfunc("s:NFH_pnm(pnmfile<".a:pnmfile.">)")
|
||||
|
||||
if executable("gimp")
|
||||
exe "silent! !gimp -s ".a:pnmfile
|
||||
elseif executable(expand("$SystemRoot")."/SYSTEM32/MSPAINT.EXE")
|
||||
exe "silent! !".expand("$SystemRoot")."/SYSTEM32/MSPAINT \"".a:pnmfile.'"'
|
||||
else
|
||||
" call Dret("netrwFileHandlers#NFH_pnm 0")
|
||||
" call Dret("s:NFH_pnm 0")
|
||||
return 0
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
" call Dret("netrwFileHandlers#NFH_pnm 1")
|
||||
" call Dret("s:NFH_pnm 1")
|
||||
return 1
|
||||
endfun
|
||||
|
||||
" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
" netrwFileHandlers#NFH_bmp: visualize bmp files {{{1
|
||||
fun! netrwFileHandlers#NFH_bmp(bmpfile)
|
||||
" call Dfunc("netrwFileHandlers#NFH_bmp(bmpfile<".a:bmpfile.">)")
|
||||
" s:NFH_bmp: visualize bmp files {{{1
|
||||
fun! s:NFH_bmp(bmpfile)
|
||||
" call Dfunc("s:NFH_bmp(bmpfile<".a:bmpfile.">)")
|
||||
|
||||
if executable("gimp")
|
||||
exe "silent! !gimp -s ".a:bmpfile
|
||||
elseif executable(expand("$SystemRoot")."/SYSTEM32/MSPAINT.EXE")
|
||||
exe "silent! !".expand("$SystemRoot")."/SYSTEM32/MSPAINT \"".a:bmpfile.'"'
|
||||
else
|
||||
" call Dret("netrwFileHandlers#NFH_bmp 0")
|
||||
" call Dret("s:NFH_bmp 0")
|
||||
return 0
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
" call Dret("netrwFileHandlers#NFH_bmp 1")
|
||||
" call Dret("s:NFH_bmp 1")
|
||||
return 1
|
||||
endfun
|
||||
|
||||
" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
" netrwFileHandlers#NFH_pdf: visualize pdf files {{{1
|
||||
fun! netrwFileHandlers#NFH_pdf(pdf)
|
||||
" " call Dfunc("netrwFileHandlers#NFH_pdf(pdf<".a:pdf.">)")
|
||||
" s:NFH_pdf: visualize pdf files {{{1
|
||||
fun! s:NFH_pdf(pdf)
|
||||
" call Dfunc("s:NFH_pdf(pdf<".a:pdf.">)")
|
||||
if executable("gs")
|
||||
exe 'silent! !gs "'.a:pdf.'"'
|
||||
else
|
||||
" " call Dret("netrwFileHandlers#NFH_pdf 0")
|
||||
" call Dret("s:NFH_pdf 0")
|
||||
return 0
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
" " call Dret("netrwFileHandlers#NFH_pdf 1")
|
||||
" call Dret("s:NFH_pdf 1")
|
||||
return 1
|
||||
endfun
|
||||
|
||||
" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
" netrwFileHandlers#NFH_doc: visualize doc files {{{1
|
||||
fun! netrwFileHandlers#NFH_doc(doc)
|
||||
" " call Dfunc("netrwFileHandlers#NFH_doc(doc<".a:doc.">)")
|
||||
" s:NFH_doc: visualize doc files {{{1
|
||||
fun! s:NFH_doc(doc)
|
||||
" call Dfunc("s:NFH_doc(doc<".a:doc.">)")
|
||||
|
||||
if executable("oowriter")
|
||||
exe 'silent! !oowriter "'.a:doc.'"'
|
||||
redraw!
|
||||
else
|
||||
" " call Dret("netrwFileHandlers#NFH_doc 0")
|
||||
" call Dret("s:NFH_doc 0")
|
||||
return 0
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
" " call Dret("netrwFileHandlers#NFH_doc 1")
|
||||
" call Dret("s:NFH_doc 1")
|
||||
return 1
|
||||
endfun
|
||||
|
||||
" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
" netrwFileHandlers#NFH_sxw: visualize sxw files {{{1
|
||||
fun! netrwFileHandlers#NFH_sxw(sxw)
|
||||
" " call Dfunc("netrwFileHandlers#NFH_sxw(sxw<".a:sxw.">)")
|
||||
" s:NFH_sxw: visualize sxw files {{{1
|
||||
fun! s:NFH_sxw(sxw)
|
||||
" call Dfunc("s:NFH_sxw(sxw<".a:sxw.">)")
|
||||
|
||||
if executable("oowriter")
|
||||
exe 'silent! !oowriter "'.a:sxw.'"'
|
||||
redraw!
|
||||
else
|
||||
" " call Dret("netrwFileHandlers#NFH_sxw 0")
|
||||
" call Dret("s:NFH_sxw 0")
|
||||
return 0
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
" " call Dret("netrwFileHandlers#NFH_sxw 1")
|
||||
" call Dret("s:NFH_sxw 1")
|
||||
return 1
|
||||
endfun
|
||||
|
||||
" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
" netrwFileHandlers#NFH_xls: visualize xls files {{{1
|
||||
fun! netrwFileHandlers#NFH_xls(xls)
|
||||
" " call Dfunc("netrwFileHandlers#NFH_xls(xls<".a:xls.">)")
|
||||
" s:NFH_xls: visualize xls files {{{1
|
||||
fun! s:NFH_xls(xls)
|
||||
" call Dfunc("s:NFH_xls(xls<".a:xls.">)")
|
||||
|
||||
if executable("oocalc")
|
||||
exe 'silent! !oocalc "'.a:xls.'"'
|
||||
redraw!
|
||||
else
|
||||
" " call Dret("netrwFileHandlers#NFH_xls 0")
|
||||
" call Dret("s:NFH_xls 0")
|
||||
return 0
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
" " call Dret("netrwFileHandlers#NFH_xls 1")
|
||||
" call Dret("s:NFH_xls 1")
|
||||
return 1
|
||||
endfun
|
||||
|
||||
" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
" netrwFileHandlers#NFH_ps: handles PostScript files {{{1
|
||||
fun! netrwFileHandlers#NFH_ps(ps)
|
||||
" call Dfunc("netrwFileHandlers#NFH_ps()")
|
||||
" s:NFH_ps: handles PostScript files {{{1
|
||||
fun! s:NFH_ps(ps)
|
||||
" call Dfunc("s:NFH_ps(ps<".a:ps.">)")
|
||||
if executable("gs")
|
||||
" call Decho("exe silent! !gs ".a:ps)
|
||||
exe "silent! !gs ".a:ps
|
||||
redraw!
|
||||
elseif executable("ghostscript")
|
||||
exe "silent! !ghostscript ".a:ps
|
||||
redraw!
|
||||
elseif executable("ghostscript")
|
||||
" call Decho("exe silent! !ghostscript ".a:ps)
|
||||
exe "silent! !ghostscript ".a:ps
|
||||
redraw!
|
||||
elseif executable("gswin32")
|
||||
" call Decho("exe silent! !gswin32 \"".a:ps.'"')
|
||||
exe "silent! !gswin32 \"".a:ps.'"'
|
||||
redraw!
|
||||
else
|
||||
" call Dret("netrwFileHandlers#NFH_ps 0")
|
||||
" call Dret("s:NFH_ps 0")
|
||||
return 0
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
" call Dret("netrwFileHandlers#NFH_ps 1")
|
||||
" call Dret("s:NFH_ps 1")
|
||||
return 1
|
||||
endfun
|
||||
|
||||
" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
" netrwFileHandlers#NFH_eps: handles encapsulated PostScript files {{{1
|
||||
fun! netrwFileHandlers#NFH_eps(eps)
|
||||
" call Dfunc("netrwFileHandlers#NFH_ps()")
|
||||
" s:NFH_eps: handles encapsulated PostScript files {{{1
|
||||
fun! s:NFH_eps(eps)
|
||||
" call Dfunc("s:NFH_eps()")
|
||||
if executable("gs")
|
||||
exe "silent! !gs ".a:eps
|
||||
redraw!
|
||||
@@ -278,40 +283,42 @@ fun! netrwFileHandlers#NFH_eps(eps)
|
||||
exe "silent! !gswin32 \"".a:eps.'"'
|
||||
redraw!
|
||||
else
|
||||
" call Dret("netrwFileHandlers#NFH_ps 0")
|
||||
" call Dret("s:NFH_eps 0")
|
||||
return 0
|
||||
endif
|
||||
endfun
|
||||
|
||||
" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
" netrwFileHandlers#NFH_fig: handles xfig files {{{1
|
||||
fun! netrwFileHandlers#NFH_fig(fig)
|
||||
" call Dfunc("netrwFileHandlers#NFH_fig()")
|
||||
if executable("xfig")
|
||||
exe "silent! !xfig ".a:fig
|
||||
redraw!
|
||||
else
|
||||
" call Dret("netrwFileHandlers#NFH_fig 0")
|
||||
return 0
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
" call Dret("netrwFileHandlers#NFH_fig 1")
|
||||
" call Dret("s:NFH_eps 0")
|
||||
return 1
|
||||
endfun
|
||||
|
||||
" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
" netrwFileHandlers#NFH_obj: handles tgif's obj files {{{1
|
||||
fun! netrwFileHandlers#NFH_obj(obj)
|
||||
" call Dfunc("netrwFileHandlers#NFH_obj()")
|
||||
" s:NFH_fig: handles xfig files {{{1
|
||||
fun! s:NFH_fig(fig)
|
||||
" call Dfunc("s:NFH_fig()")
|
||||
if executable("xfig")
|
||||
exe "silent! !xfig ".a:fig
|
||||
redraw!
|
||||
else
|
||||
" call Dret("s:NFH_fig 0")
|
||||
return 0
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
" call Dret("s:NFH_fig 1")
|
||||
return 1
|
||||
endfun
|
||||
|
||||
" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
" s:NFH_obj: handles tgif's obj files {{{1
|
||||
fun! s:NFH_obj(obj)
|
||||
" call Dfunc("s:NFH_obj()")
|
||||
if has("unix") && executable("tgif")
|
||||
exe "silent! !tgif ".a:obj
|
||||
redraw!
|
||||
else
|
||||
" call Dret("netrwFileHandlers#NFH_obj 0")
|
||||
" call Dret("s:NFH_obj 0")
|
||||
return 0
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
" call Dret("netrwFileHandlers#NFH_obj 1")
|
||||
" call Dret("s:NFH_obj 1")
|
||||
return 1
|
||||
endfun
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
|
||||
" netrwSettings.vim: makes netrw settings simpler
|
||||
" Date: Jan 26, 2006
|
||||
" Date: Mar 22, 2006
|
||||
" Maintainer: Charles E Campbell, Jr <drchipNOSPAM at campbellfamily dot biz>
|
||||
" Version: 6a ASTRO-ONLY
|
||||
" Version: 6
|
||||
" Copyright: Copyright (C) 1999-2005 Charles E. Campbell, Jr. {{{1
|
||||
" Permission is hereby granted to use and distribute this code,
|
||||
" with or without modifications, provided that this copyright
|
||||
@@ -19,7 +19,7 @@
|
||||
if exists("g:loaded_netrwSettings") || &cp
|
||||
finish
|
||||
endif
|
||||
let g:loaded_netrwSettings = "v6a"
|
||||
let g:loaded_netrwSettings = "v6"
|
||||
|
||||
" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
" NetrwSettings: {{{1
|
||||
@@ -56,10 +56,10 @@ fun! netrwSettings#NetrwSettings()
|
||||
let g:netrw_ignorenetrc= 0
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
put ='+ --------------------------------------------'
|
||||
put ='+ NetrwSettings: by Charles E. Campbell, Jr.'
|
||||
put ='+ Press ? with cursor atop any line for help '
|
||||
put ='+ --------------------------------------------'
|
||||
put ='+ ---------------------------------------------'
|
||||
put ='+ NetrwSettings: by Charles E. Campbell, Jr.'
|
||||
put ='+ Press <F1> with cursor atop any line for help'
|
||||
put ='+ ---------------------------------------------'
|
||||
let s:netrw_settings_stop= line(".")
|
||||
|
||||
put =''
|
||||
@@ -96,6 +96,7 @@ fun! netrwSettings#NetrwSettings()
|
||||
put = 'let g:netrw_browsex_viewer = (not defined)'
|
||||
endif
|
||||
put = 'let g:netrw_dirhistmax = '.g:netrw_dirhistmax
|
||||
put = 'let g:netrw_fastbrowse = '.g:netrw_fastbrowse
|
||||
put = 'let g:netrw_ftp_browse_reject = '.g:netrw_ftp_browse_reject
|
||||
put = 'let g:netrw_ftp_list_cmd = '.g:netrw_ftp_list_cmd
|
||||
put = 'let g:netrw_hide = '.g:netrw_hide
|
||||
@@ -131,7 +132,7 @@ fun! netrwSettings#NetrwSettings()
|
||||
|
||||
set nomod
|
||||
|
||||
map <buffer> <silent> ? :call NetrwSettingHelp()<cr>
|
||||
map <buffer> <silent> <F1> :call NetrwSettingHelp()<cr>
|
||||
let tmpfile= tempname()
|
||||
exe 'au BufWriteCmd Netrw\ Settings silent w! '.tmpfile.'|so '.tmpfile.'|call delete("'.tmpfile.'")|set nomod'
|
||||
endfun
|
||||
|
||||
39
runtime/autoload/paste.vim
Normal file
39
runtime/autoload/paste.vim
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
|
||||
" Vim support file to help with paste mappings and menus
|
||||
" Maintainer: Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
|
||||
" Last Change: 2006 Mar 09
|
||||
|
||||
" Define the string to use for items that are present both in Edit, Popup and
|
||||
" Toolbar menu. Also used in mswin.vim and macmap.vim.
|
||||
|
||||
" Pasting blockwise and linewise selections is not possible in Insert and
|
||||
" Visual mode without the +virtualedit feature. They are pasted as if they
|
||||
" were characterwise instead. Add to that some tricks to leave the cursor in
|
||||
" the right position, also for "gi".
|
||||
if has("virtualedit")
|
||||
let paste#paste_cmd = {'n': ":call paste#Paste()<CR>"}
|
||||
let paste#paste_cmd['v'] = '"-c<Esc>' . paste#paste_cmd['n']
|
||||
let paste#paste_cmd['i'] = '<Esc>' . paste#paste_cmd['n'] . 'gi'
|
||||
|
||||
func! paste#Paste()
|
||||
let ove = &ve
|
||||
set ve=all
|
||||
normal! `^
|
||||
if @+ != ''
|
||||
normal! "+gP
|
||||
endif
|
||||
let c = col(".")
|
||||
normal! i
|
||||
if col(".") < c " compensate for i<ESC> moving the cursor left
|
||||
normal! l
|
||||
endif
|
||||
let &ve = ove
|
||||
endfunc
|
||||
else
|
||||
let paste#paste_cmd = {'n': "\"=@+.'xy'<CR>gPFx\"_2x"}
|
||||
let paste#paste_cmd['v'] = '"-c<Esc>gix<Esc>' . paste#paste_cmd['n'] . '"_x'
|
||||
let paste#paste_cmd['i'] = 'x<Esc>' . paste#paste_cmd['n'] . '"_s'
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
if has("virtualedit")
|
||||
else
|
||||
endif
|
||||
4905
runtime/autoload/phpcomplete.vim
Normal file
4905
runtime/autoload/phpcomplete.vim
Normal file
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
@@ -1,12 +1,18 @@
|
||||
" Vim completion script
|
||||
" Language: All languages, uses existing syntax highlighting rules
|
||||
" Maintainer: David Fishburn <fishburn@ianywhere.com>
|
||||
" Version: 1.0
|
||||
" Last Change: Sun Jan 08 2006 10:17:51 PM
|
||||
" Version: 1.2
|
||||
" Last Change: Sat Mar 18 2006 8:25:30 PM
|
||||
|
||||
" Set completion with CTRL-X CTRL-O to autoloaded function.
|
||||
if exists('&ofu')
|
||||
setlocal ofu=syntaxcomplete#Complete
|
||||
" This check is in place in case this script is
|
||||
" sourced directly instead of using the autoload feature.
|
||||
if exists('+omnifunc')
|
||||
" Do not set the option if already set since this
|
||||
" results in an E117 warning.
|
||||
if &omnifunc == ""
|
||||
setlocal omnifunc=syntaxcomplete#Complete
|
||||
endif
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
if exists('g:loaded_syntax_completion')
|
||||
@@ -22,6 +28,7 @@ let s:syn_remove_words = 'match,matchgroup=,contains,'.
|
||||
|
||||
let s:cache_name = []
|
||||
let s:cache_list = []
|
||||
let s:prepended = ''
|
||||
|
||||
" This function is used for the 'omnifunc' option.
|
||||
function! syntaxcomplete#Complete(findstart, base)
|
||||
@@ -62,7 +69,7 @@ function! syntaxcomplete#Complete(findstart, base)
|
||||
if list_idx > -1
|
||||
let compl_list = s:cache_list[list_idx]
|
||||
else
|
||||
let compl_list = s:SyntaxList()
|
||||
let compl_list = OmniSyntaxList()
|
||||
let s:cache_name = add( s:cache_name, &filetype )
|
||||
let s:cache_list = add( s:cache_list, compl_list )
|
||||
endif
|
||||
@@ -78,7 +85,7 @@ function! syntaxcomplete#Complete(findstart, base)
|
||||
return compl_list
|
||||
endfunc
|
||||
|
||||
function! s:SyntaxList()
|
||||
function! OmniSyntaxList()
|
||||
let saveL = @l
|
||||
|
||||
" Loop through all the syntax groupnames, and build a
|
||||
@@ -86,63 +93,146 @@ function! s:SyntaxList()
|
||||
" work generically for any filetype that does not already
|
||||
" have a plugin defined.
|
||||
" This ASSUMES the syntax groupname BEGINS with the name
|
||||
" of the filetype. From my casual viewing of the vim7\sytax
|
||||
" of the filetype. From my casual viewing of the vim7\syntax
|
||||
" directory.
|
||||
redir @l
|
||||
silent! exec 'syntax list '
|
||||
redir END
|
||||
|
||||
let syntax_groups = @l
|
||||
let syntax_full = "\n".@l
|
||||
let @l = saveL
|
||||
|
||||
if syntax_groups =~ 'E28'
|
||||
\ || syntax_groups =~ 'E411'
|
||||
\ || syntax_groups =~ 'E415'
|
||||
\ || syntax_groups =~ 'No sytax items'
|
||||
return -1
|
||||
if syntax_full =~ 'E28'
|
||||
\ || syntax_full =~ 'E411'
|
||||
\ || syntax_full =~ 'E415'
|
||||
\ || syntax_full =~ 'No Syntax items'
|
||||
return []
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
" Abort names - match, links to, matchgroup=, start=, contains=, contained,
|
||||
" cluster=, nextgroup=, end=
|
||||
" Default the include group to include the requested syntax group
|
||||
let syntax_group_include_{&filetype} = ''
|
||||
" Check if there are any overrides specified for this filetype
|
||||
if exists('g:omni_syntax_group_include_'.&filetype)
|
||||
let syntax_group_include_{&filetype} =
|
||||
\ substitute( g:omni_syntax_group_include_{&filetype},'\s\+','','g')
|
||||
if syntax_group_include_{&filetype} =~ '\w'
|
||||
let syntax_group_include_{&filetype} =
|
||||
\ substitute( syntax_group_include_{&filetype},
|
||||
\ '\s*,\s*', '\\|', 'g'
|
||||
\ )
|
||||
endif
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
" Default the exclude group to nothing
|
||||
let syntax_group_exclude_{&filetype} = ''
|
||||
" Check if there are any overrides specified for this filetype
|
||||
if exists('g:omni_syntax_group_exclude_'.&filetype)
|
||||
let syntax_group_exclude_{&filetype} =
|
||||
\ substitute( g:omni_syntax_group_exclude_{&filetype},'\s\+','','g')
|
||||
if syntax_group_exclude_{&filetype} =~ '\w'
|
||||
let syntax_group_exclude_{&filetype} =
|
||||
\ substitute( syntax_group_exclude_{&filetype},
|
||||
\ '\s*,\s*', '\\|', 'g'
|
||||
\ )
|
||||
endif
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
" Syntax rules can contain items for more than just the current
|
||||
" filetype. They can contain additional items added by the user
|
||||
" via autocmds or their vimrc.
|
||||
" Some syntax files can be combined (html, php, jsp).
|
||||
" We want only items that begin with the filetype we are interested in.
|
||||
let next_group_regex = '\n' .
|
||||
\ '\zs'.&filetype.'\w\+\ze'.
|
||||
\ '\s\+xxx\s\+'.
|
||||
\ '\<\('.
|
||||
\ substitute(s:syn_remove_words, ',', '\\|', 'g').
|
||||
\ '\)\@!'
|
||||
\ '\s\+xxx\s\+'
|
||||
let syn_list = ''
|
||||
let index = 0
|
||||
let index = match(syntax_groups, next_group_regex, index)
|
||||
|
||||
let index = match(syntax_full, next_group_regex, index)
|
||||
|
||||
while index > 0
|
||||
let group_name = matchstr( syntax_groups, '\w\+', index )
|
||||
let group_name = matchstr( syntax_full, '\w\+', index )
|
||||
|
||||
let extra_syn_list = s:SyntaxGroupItems(group_name)
|
||||
let get_syn_list = 1
|
||||
" if syntax_group_include_{&filetype} == ''
|
||||
" if syntax_group_exclude_{&filetype} != ''
|
||||
" if '\<'.syntax_group_exclude_{&filetype}.'\>' =~ '\<'.group_name.'\>'
|
||||
" let get_syn_list = 0
|
||||
" endif
|
||||
" endif
|
||||
" else
|
||||
" if '\<'.syntax_group_include_{&filetype}.'\>' !~ '\<'.group_name.'\>'
|
||||
" let get_syn_list = 0
|
||||
" endif
|
||||
" endif
|
||||
if syntax_group_exclude_{&filetype} != ''
|
||||
if '\<'.syntax_group_exclude_{&filetype}.'\>' =~ '\<'.group_name.'\>'
|
||||
let get_syn_list = 0
|
||||
endif
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
if get_syn_list == 1
|
||||
if syntax_group_include_{&filetype} != ''
|
||||
if '\<'.syntax_group_include_{&filetype}.'\>' !~ '\<'.group_name.'\>'
|
||||
let get_syn_list = 0
|
||||
endif
|
||||
endif
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
let syn_list = syn_list . extra_syn_list . "\n"
|
||||
if get_syn_list == 1
|
||||
" Pass in the full syntax listing, plus the group name we
|
||||
" are interested in.
|
||||
let extra_syn_list = s:SyntaxGroupItems(group_name, syntax_full)
|
||||
|
||||
let syn_list = syn_list . extra_syn_list . "\n"
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
let index = index + strlen(group_name)
|
||||
let index = match(syntax_groups, next_group_regex, index)
|
||||
let index = match(syntax_full, next_group_regex, index)
|
||||
endwhile
|
||||
|
||||
return sort(split(syn_list))
|
||||
" Convert the string to a List and sort it.
|
||||
let compl_list = sort(split(syn_list))
|
||||
|
||||
if &filetype == 'vim'
|
||||
let short_compl_list = []
|
||||
for i in range(len(compl_list))
|
||||
if i == len(compl_list)-1
|
||||
let next = i
|
||||
else
|
||||
let next = i + 1
|
||||
endif
|
||||
if compl_list[next] !~ '^'.compl_list[i].'.$'
|
||||
let short_compl_list += [compl_list[i]]
|
||||
endif
|
||||
endfor
|
||||
|
||||
return short_compl_list
|
||||
else
|
||||
return compl_list
|
||||
endif
|
||||
endfunction
|
||||
|
||||
function! s:SyntaxGroupItems( group_name )
|
||||
let saveL = @l
|
||||
|
||||
" Generate (based on the syntax highlight rules) a list of
|
||||
" the Statements, functions, keywords and so on available
|
||||
" If this needs updating, the syntax\sql.vim file should be
|
||||
" updated
|
||||
redir @l
|
||||
silent! exec 'syntax list ' . a:group_name
|
||||
redir END
|
||||
function! s:SyntaxGroupItems( group_name, syntax_full )
|
||||
|
||||
if @l !~ 'E28'
|
||||
let syn_list = ""
|
||||
|
||||
" From the full syntax listing, strip out the portion for the
|
||||
" request group.
|
||||
" Query:
|
||||
" \n - must begin with a newline
|
||||
" a:group_name - the group name we are interested in
|
||||
" \s\+xxx\s\+ - group names are always followed by xxx
|
||||
" \zs - start the match
|
||||
" .\{-} - everything ...
|
||||
" \ze - end the match
|
||||
" \n\w - at the first newline starting with a character
|
||||
let syntax_group = matchstr(a:syntax_full,
|
||||
\ "\n".a:group_name.'\s\+xxx\s\+\zs.\{-}\ze'."\n".'\w'
|
||||
\)
|
||||
|
||||
if syntax_group != ""
|
||||
" let syn_list = substitute( @l, '^.*xxx\s*\%(contained\s*\)\?', "", '' )
|
||||
let syn_list = substitute( @l, '^.*xxx\s*', "", '' )
|
||||
" let syn_list = substitute( @l, '^.*xxx\s*', "", '' )
|
||||
|
||||
" We only want the words for the lines begining with
|
||||
" containedin, but there could be other items.
|
||||
@@ -152,7 +242,7 @@ function! s:SyntaxGroupItems( group_name )
|
||||
" contained nextgroup=...
|
||||
" So this will strip off the ending of lines with known
|
||||
" keywords.
|
||||
let syn_list = substitute( syn_list, '\<\('.
|
||||
let syn_list = substitute( syntax_group, '\<\('.
|
||||
\ substitute(
|
||||
\ escape( s:syn_remove_words, '\\/.*$^~[]')
|
||||
\ , ',', '\\|', 'g').
|
||||
@@ -172,8 +262,6 @@ function! s:SyntaxGroupItems( group_name )
|
||||
let syn_list = ''
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
let @l = saveL
|
||||
|
||||
return syn_list
|
||||
endfunction
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
254
runtime/autoload/vimball.vim
Normal file
254
runtime/autoload/vimball.vim
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,254 @@
|
||||
" vimball : construct a file containing both paths and files
|
||||
" Author: Charles E. Campbell, Jr.
|
||||
" Date: Mar 22, 2006
|
||||
" Version: 5
|
||||
" GetLatestVimScripts: 1502 1 :AutoInstall: vimball.vim
|
||||
" Copyright: (c) 2004-2006 by Charles E. Campbell, Jr.
|
||||
" The VIM LICENSE applies to Vimball.vim, and Vimball.txt
|
||||
" (see |copyright|) except use "Vimball" instead of "Vim".
|
||||
" No warranty, express or implied.
|
||||
" *** *** Use At-Your-Own-Risk! *** ***
|
||||
|
||||
" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
" Load Once: {{{1
|
||||
if &cp || exists("g:loaded_vimball")
|
||||
finish
|
||||
endif
|
||||
let s:keepcpo = &cpo
|
||||
let g:loaded_vimball = "v5"
|
||||
set cpo&vim
|
||||
|
||||
" =====================================================================
|
||||
" Functions: {{{1
|
||||
|
||||
" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
" MkVimball: creates a vimball given a list of paths to files {{{2
|
||||
" Vimball Format:
|
||||
" path
|
||||
" filesize
|
||||
" [file]
|
||||
" path
|
||||
" filesize
|
||||
" [file]
|
||||
fun! vimball#MkVimball(line1,line2,writelevel,vimballname) range
|
||||
" call Dfunc("MkVimball(line1=".a:line1." line2=".a:line2." writelevel=".a:writelevel." vimballname<".a:vimballname.">")
|
||||
let vbname= substitute(a:vimballname,'\.[^.]*$','','e').'.vba'
|
||||
if !a:writelevel && filereadable(vbname)
|
||||
echohl Error | echoerr "(MkVimball) file<".vbname."> exists; use ! to insist" | echohl None
|
||||
" call Dret("MkVimball : file<".vbname."> already exists; use ! to insist")
|
||||
return
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
" user option bypass
|
||||
let eikeep= &ei
|
||||
set ei=all
|
||||
|
||||
let home = substitute(&rtp,',.*$','','')
|
||||
let curdir = getcwd()
|
||||
exe "cd ".home
|
||||
|
||||
" record current tab, initialize while loop index
|
||||
let curtabnr = tabpagenr()
|
||||
let linenr = a:line1
|
||||
" call Decho("curtabnr=".curtabnr)
|
||||
|
||||
while linenr <= a:line2
|
||||
let svfile = getline(linenr)
|
||||
" call Decho("svfile<".svfile.">")
|
||||
|
||||
if !filereadable(svfile)
|
||||
echohl Error | echo "unable to read file<".svfile.">" | echohl None
|
||||
let &ei= eikeep
|
||||
exe "cd ".curdir
|
||||
" call Dret("MkVimball")
|
||||
return
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
" create/switch to mkvimball tab
|
||||
if !exists("vbtabnr")
|
||||
tabnew
|
||||
silent! file Vimball
|
||||
let vbtabnr= tabpagenr()
|
||||
else
|
||||
exe "tabn ".vbtabnr
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
let lastline= line("$") + 1
|
||||
if lastline == 2 && getline("$") == ""
|
||||
call setline(1,'" Vimball Archiver by Charles E. Campbell, Jr., Ph.D.')
|
||||
call setline(2,'UseVimball')
|
||||
call setline(3,'finish')
|
||||
let lastline= 4
|
||||
endif
|
||||
call setline(lastline ,svfile)
|
||||
call setline(lastline+1,0)
|
||||
exe "$r ".svfile
|
||||
call setline(lastline+1,line("$") - lastline - 1)
|
||||
" call Decho("lastline=".lastline." line$=".line("$"))
|
||||
|
||||
" restore to normal tab
|
||||
exe "tabn ".curtabnr
|
||||
let linenr= linenr + 1
|
||||
endwhile
|
||||
|
||||
" write the vimball
|
||||
exe "tabn ".vbtabnr
|
||||
exe "cd ".curdir
|
||||
if a:writelevel
|
||||
exe "w! ".vbname
|
||||
else
|
||||
exe "w ".vbname
|
||||
endif
|
||||
" call Decho("Vimball<".vbname."> created")
|
||||
echo "Vimball<".vbname."> created"
|
||||
|
||||
" remove the evidence
|
||||
setlocal nomod bh=wipe
|
||||
exe "tabn ".curtabnr
|
||||
exe "tabc ".vbtabnr
|
||||
|
||||
" restore options
|
||||
let &ei= eikeep
|
||||
|
||||
" call Dret("MkVimball")
|
||||
endfun
|
||||
|
||||
" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
" Vimball: {{{2
|
||||
fun! vimball#Vimball(really)
|
||||
" call Dfunc("Vimball(really=".a:really.")")
|
||||
|
||||
if getline(1) !~ '^" Vimball Archiver by Charles E. Campbell, Jr., Ph.D.$'
|
||||
echoerr "(Vimball) The current file does not appear to be a Vimball!"
|
||||
" call Dret("Vimball")
|
||||
return
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
" initialize
|
||||
let regakeep = @a
|
||||
let eikeep = &ei
|
||||
let vekeep = &ve
|
||||
let makeep = getpos("'a")
|
||||
let curtabnr = tabpagenr()
|
||||
set ei=all ve=all
|
||||
|
||||
" set up vimball tab
|
||||
tabnew
|
||||
silent! file Vimball
|
||||
let vbtabnr= tabpagenr()
|
||||
let didhelp= ""
|
||||
|
||||
" go to vim plugin home
|
||||
let home = substitute(&rtp,',.*$','','')
|
||||
let curdir = getcwd()
|
||||
" call Decho("exe cd ".home)
|
||||
exe "cd ".home
|
||||
let linenr = 4
|
||||
let filecnt = 0
|
||||
|
||||
" give title to listing of (extracted) files from Vimball Archive
|
||||
if a:really
|
||||
echohl Title | echomsg "Vimball Archive" | echohl None
|
||||
else
|
||||
echohl Title | echomsg "Vimball Archive Listing" | echohl None
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
" apportion vimball contents to various files
|
||||
" call Decho("exe tabn ".curtabnr)
|
||||
exe "tabn ".curtabnr
|
||||
" call Decho("linenr=".linenr." line$=".line("$"))
|
||||
while 1 < linenr && linenr < line("$")
|
||||
let fname = getline(linenr)
|
||||
let fsize = getline(linenr+1)
|
||||
let filecnt = filecnt + 1
|
||||
if a:really
|
||||
echomsg "extracted <".fname.">: ".fsize." lines"
|
||||
else
|
||||
echomsg "would extract <".fname.">: ".fsize." lines"
|
||||
endif
|
||||
" call Decho(linenr.": will extract file<".fname.">")
|
||||
" call Decho((linenr+1).": fsize=".fsize)
|
||||
|
||||
" make directories if they don't exist yet
|
||||
let fnamebuf= fname
|
||||
while fnamebuf =~ '/'
|
||||
let dirname = substitute(fnamebuf,'/.*$','','e')
|
||||
let fnamebuf = substitute(fnamebuf,'^.\{-}/\(.*\)$','\1','e')
|
||||
if !isdirectory(dirname)
|
||||
" call Decho("making <".dirname.">")
|
||||
call mkdir(dirname)
|
||||
endif
|
||||
exe "cd ".dirname
|
||||
endwhile
|
||||
exe "cd ".home
|
||||
|
||||
" grab specified qty of lines and place into "a" buffer
|
||||
exe linenr
|
||||
norm! jjma
|
||||
exe (linenr + fsize + 1)
|
||||
silent norm! "ay'a
|
||||
" call Decho("yanked ".fsize." lines into register-a")
|
||||
|
||||
" call Decho("didhelp<".didhelp."> fname<".fname.">")
|
||||
if didhelp == "" && fname =~ 'doc/[^/]\+\.txt$'
|
||||
let didhelp= substitute(fname,'^\(.*\<doc\)[/\\][^.]*\.txt$','\1','e')
|
||||
" call Decho("didhelp<".didhelp.">")
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
" copy "a" buffer into tab
|
||||
" call Decho('copy "a buffer into tab#'.vbtabnr)
|
||||
exe "tabn ".vbtabnr
|
||||
silent! %d
|
||||
silent norm! "aPGdd1G
|
||||
" call Decho("rega<".@a.">")
|
||||
|
||||
" write tab to file
|
||||
if a:really
|
||||
" call Decho("exe w! ".fname)
|
||||
exe "silent w! ".fname
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
" call Decho("exe tabn ".curtabnr)
|
||||
exe "tabn ".curtabnr
|
||||
" let oldlinenr = linenr " Decho
|
||||
let linenr = linenr + fsize + 2
|
||||
" call Decho("update linenr= [linenr=".oldlinenr."] + [fsize=".fsize."] + 2 = ".linenr)
|
||||
endwhile
|
||||
|
||||
" set up help
|
||||
" call Decho("about to set up help: didhelp<".didhelp.">")
|
||||
if didhelp != ""
|
||||
" call Decho("exe helptags ".home."/".didhelp)
|
||||
exe "helptags ".home."/".didhelp
|
||||
echomsg "did helptags"
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
" make sure a "Press ENTER..." prompt appears to keep the messages showing!
|
||||
while filecnt <= &ch
|
||||
echomsg " "
|
||||
let filecnt= filecnt + 1
|
||||
endwhile
|
||||
|
||||
" restore events, delete tab and buffer
|
||||
exe "tabn ".vbtabnr
|
||||
setlocal nomod bh=wipe
|
||||
exe "tabn ".curtabnr
|
||||
exe "tabc ".vbtabnr
|
||||
let &ei= eikeep
|
||||
let @a = regakeep
|
||||
if makeep[0] != 0
|
||||
" restore mark a
|
||||
" call Decho("restore mark-a: makeep=".string(makeep))
|
||||
call setpos("'a",makeep)
|
||||
ka
|
||||
endif
|
||||
exe "cd ".curdir
|
||||
|
||||
" call Dret("Vimball")
|
||||
endfun
|
||||
|
||||
let &cpo= s:keepcpo
|
||||
unlet s:keepcpo
|
||||
" =====================================================================
|
||||
" Modelines: {{{1
|
||||
" vim: fdm=marker
|
||||
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
|
||||
" Vim completion script
|
||||
" Language: XML
|
||||
" Maintainer: Mikolaj Machowski ( mikmach AT wp DOT pl )
|
||||
" Last Change: 2006 Jan 24
|
||||
" Last Change: 2006 Mar 19
|
||||
|
||||
" This function will create Dictionary with users namespace strings and values
|
||||
" canonical (system) names of data files. Names should be lowercase,
|
||||
@@ -81,8 +81,9 @@ function! xmlcomplete#CompleteTags(findstart, base)
|
||||
let context_lines = getline(curline-i, curline)
|
||||
let b:compl_context = join(context_lines, ' ')
|
||||
break
|
||||
elseif context_line =~ '>[^<]*$'
|
||||
elseif context_line =~ '>[^<]*$' || i == curline
|
||||
" Normal tag line, no need for completion at all
|
||||
" OR reached first line without tag at all
|
||||
let b:compl_context = ''
|
||||
break
|
||||
endif
|
||||
@@ -230,25 +231,42 @@ function! xmlcomplete#CompleteTags(findstart, base)
|
||||
|
||||
for m in sort(attrs)
|
||||
if m =~ '^'.attr
|
||||
if tag !~ '^[?!]' && len(g:xmldata{'_'.g:xmldata_connection[b:xml_namespace]}[tag][1][m]) > 0 && g:xmldata{'_'.g:xmldata_connection[b:xml_namespace]}[tag][1][m][0] =~ '^BOOL$'
|
||||
call add(res, m)
|
||||
elseif m =~ '='
|
||||
call add(res, m)
|
||||
else
|
||||
call add(res, m.'="')
|
||||
endif
|
||||
call add(res, m)
|
||||
elseif m =~ attr
|
||||
if tag !~ '^[?!]' && len(g:xmldata{'_'.g:xmldata_connection[b:xml_namespace]}[tag][1][m]) > 0 && g:xmldata{'_'.g:xmldata_connection[b:xml_namespace]}[tag][1][m][0] =~ '^BOOL$'
|
||||
call add(res, m)
|
||||
elseif m =~ '='
|
||||
call add(res, m)
|
||||
else
|
||||
call add(res2, m.'="')
|
||||
endif
|
||||
call add(res2, m)
|
||||
endif
|
||||
endfor
|
||||
|
||||
return res + res2
|
||||
let menu = res + res2
|
||||
let final_menu = []
|
||||
if has_key(g:xmldata{'_'.g:xmldata_connection[b:xml_namespace]}, 'vimxmlattrinfo')
|
||||
for i in range(len(menu))
|
||||
let item = menu[i]
|
||||
if has_key(g:xmldata{'_'.g:xmldata_connection[b:xml_namespace]}['vimxmlattrinfo'], item)
|
||||
let m_menu = g:xmldata{'_'.g:xmldata_connection[b:xml_namespace]}['vimxmlattrinfo'][item][0]
|
||||
let m_info = g:xmldata{'_'.g:xmldata_connection[b:xml_namespace]}['vimxmlattrinfo'][item][1]
|
||||
else
|
||||
let m_menu = ''
|
||||
let m_info = ''
|
||||
endif
|
||||
if tag !~ '^[?!]' && len(g:xmldata{'_'.g:xmldata_connection[b:xml_namespace]}[tag][1][item]) > 0 && g:xmldata{'_'.g:xmldata_connection[b:xml_namespace]}[tag][1][item][0] =~ '^\(BOOL\|'.item.'\)$'
|
||||
let item = item
|
||||
else
|
||||
let item .= '="'
|
||||
endif
|
||||
let final_menu += [{'word':item, 'menu':m_menu, 'info':m_info}]
|
||||
endfor
|
||||
else
|
||||
for i in range(len(menu))
|
||||
let item = menu[i]
|
||||
if tag !~ '^[?!]' && len(g:xmldata{'_'.g:xmldata_connection[b:xml_namespace]}[tag][1][item]) > 0 && g:xmldata{'_'.g:xmldata_connection[b:xml_namespace]}[tag][1][item][0] =~ '^\(BOOL\|'.item.'\)$'
|
||||
let item = item
|
||||
else
|
||||
let item .= '="'
|
||||
endif
|
||||
let final_menu += [item]
|
||||
endfor
|
||||
endif
|
||||
return final_menu
|
||||
|
||||
endif
|
||||
" Close tag
|
||||
@@ -302,27 +320,45 @@ function! xmlcomplete#CompleteTags(findstart, base)
|
||||
let opentag = xmlcomplete#GetLastOpenTag("b:unaryTagsStack")
|
||||
let opentag = substitute(opentag, '^\k*:', '', '')
|
||||
if opentag == ''
|
||||
return []
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
let tags = g:xmldata{'_'.g:xmldata_connection[b:xml_namespace]}[opentag][0]
|
||||
let context = substitute(context, '^\k*:', '', '')
|
||||
|
||||
if b:xml_namespace == 'DEFAULT'
|
||||
let b:xml_namespace = ''
|
||||
"return []
|
||||
let tags = keys(g:xmldata{'_'.g:xmldata_connection[b:xml_namespace]})
|
||||
call filter(tags, 'v:val !~ "^vimxml"')
|
||||
else
|
||||
let b:xml_namespace .= ':'
|
||||
let tags = g:xmldata{'_'.g:xmldata_connection[b:xml_namespace]}[opentag][0]
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
let context = substitute(context, '^\k*:', '', '')
|
||||
|
||||
for m in tags
|
||||
if m =~ '^'.context
|
||||
call add(res, b:xml_namespace.m)
|
||||
call add(res, m)
|
||||
elseif m =~ context
|
||||
call add(res2, b:xml_namespace.m)
|
||||
call add(res2, m)
|
||||
endif
|
||||
endfor
|
||||
|
||||
return res + res2
|
||||
let menu = res + res2
|
||||
if has_key(g:xmldata{'_'.g:xmldata_connection[b:xml_namespace]}, 'vimxmltaginfo')
|
||||
let final_menu = []
|
||||
for i in range(len(menu))
|
||||
let item = menu[i]
|
||||
if has_key(g:xmldata{'_'.g:xmldata_connection[b:xml_namespace]}['vimxmltaginfo'], item)
|
||||
let m_menu = g:xmldata{'_'.g:xmldata_connection[b:xml_namespace]}['vimxmltaginfo'][item][0]
|
||||
let m_info = g:xmldata{'_'.g:xmldata_connection[b:xml_namespace]}['vimxmltaginfo'][item][1]
|
||||
else
|
||||
let m_menu = ''
|
||||
let m_info = ''
|
||||
endif
|
||||
if b:xml_namespace == 'DEFAULT'
|
||||
let xml_namespace = ''
|
||||
else
|
||||
let xml_namespace = b:xml_namespace.':'
|
||||
endif
|
||||
let final_menu += [{'word':xml_namespace.item, 'menu':m_menu, 'info':m_info}]
|
||||
endfor
|
||||
else
|
||||
let final_menu = menu
|
||||
endif
|
||||
return final_menu
|
||||
|
||||
endif
|
||||
endfunction
|
||||
@@ -396,11 +432,11 @@ return ''
|
||||
endfunction
|
||||
|
||||
function! s:InComment()
|
||||
return synIDattr(synID(line('.'), col('.'), 0), 'name') =~ 'Comment'
|
||||
return synIDattr(synID(line('.'), col('.'), 0), 'name') =~ 'Comment\|String'
|
||||
endfunction
|
||||
|
||||
function! s:InCommentAt(line, col)
|
||||
return synIDattr(synID(a:line, a:col, 0), 'name') =~ 'Comment'
|
||||
return synIDattr(synID(a:line, a:col, 0), 'name') =~ 'Comment\|String'
|
||||
endfunction
|
||||
|
||||
function! s:SetKeywords()
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
|
||||
" zip.vim: Handles browsing zipfiles
|
||||
" AUTOLOAD PORTION
|
||||
" Date: Dec 21, 2005
|
||||
" Version: 6
|
||||
" Date: Mar 22, 2006
|
||||
" Version: 7
|
||||
" Maintainer: Charles E Campbell, Jr <drchipNOSPAM at campbellfamily dot biz>
|
||||
" License: Vim License (see vim's :help license)
|
||||
" Copyright: Copyright (C) 2005 Charles E. Campbell, Jr. {{{1
|
||||
@@ -22,7 +22,8 @@ if exists("g:loaded_zip")
|
||||
finish
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
let g:loaded_zip= "v6"
|
||||
let g:loaded_zip = "v7"
|
||||
let s:zipfile_escape = ' ?&;\'
|
||||
|
||||
" ----------------
|
||||
" Functions: {{{1
|
||||
@@ -53,6 +54,7 @@ fun! zip#Browse(zipfile)
|
||||
" call Dret("zip#Browse : file<".a:zipfile."> not readable")
|
||||
return
|
||||
endif
|
||||
" call Decho("passed sanity checks")
|
||||
if &ma != 1
|
||||
set ma
|
||||
endif
|
||||
@@ -73,7 +75,8 @@ fun! zip#Browse(zipfile)
|
||||
0d
|
||||
$
|
||||
|
||||
exe "silent r! unzip -l ".a:zipfile
|
||||
" call Decho("exe silent r! unzip -l '".escape(a:zipfile,s:zipfile_escape)."'")
|
||||
exe "silent r! unzip -l '".escape(a:zipfile,s:zipfile_escape)."'"
|
||||
$d
|
||||
silent 4,$v/^\s\+\d\+\s\{0,5}\d/d
|
||||
silent 4,$s/^\%(.*\)\s\+\(\S\)/\1/
|
||||
@@ -111,12 +114,15 @@ fun! s:ZipBrowseSelect()
|
||||
|
||||
" get zipfile to the new-window
|
||||
let zipfile= substitute(w:zipfile,'.zip$','','e')
|
||||
let curfile= expand("%")
|
||||
let curfile= escape(expand("%"),s:zipfile_escape)
|
||||
" call Decho("zipfile<".zipfile.">")
|
||||
" call Decho("curfile<".curfile.">")
|
||||
|
||||
new
|
||||
wincmd _
|
||||
let s:zipfile_{winnr()}= curfile
|
||||
exe "e zipfile:".zipfile.':'.fname
|
||||
" call Decho("exe e zipfile:".escape(zipfile,s:zipfile_escape).':'.fname)
|
||||
exe "e zipfile:".escape(zipfile,s:zipfile_escape).':'.fname
|
||||
filetype detect
|
||||
|
||||
let &report= repkeep
|
||||
@@ -130,11 +136,12 @@ fun! zip#Read(fname,mode)
|
||||
let repkeep= &report
|
||||
set report=10
|
||||
|
||||
let zipfile = substitute(a:fname,'zipfile:\(.\{-}\):.*$','\1','')
|
||||
let fname = substitute(a:fname,'zipfile:.\{-}:\(.*\)$','\1','')
|
||||
let zipfile = substitute(a:fname,'zipfile:\(.\{-}\):[^\\].*$','\1','')
|
||||
let fname = substitute(a:fname,'zipfile:.\{-}:\([^\\].*\)$','\1','')
|
||||
" call Decho("zipfile<".zipfile."> fname<".fname.">")
|
||||
|
||||
exe "r! unzip -p ".zipfile." ".fname
|
||||
" call Decho("exe r! unzip -p '".escape(zipfile,s:zipfile_escape)."' ".fname)
|
||||
exe "r! unzip -p '".escape(zipfile,s:zipfile_escape)."' ".fname
|
||||
|
||||
" cleanup
|
||||
0d
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -28,6 +28,7 @@ DOCS = \
|
||||
farsi.txt \
|
||||
filetype.txt \
|
||||
fold.txt \
|
||||
getscript.txt \
|
||||
gui.txt \
|
||||
gui_w16.txt \
|
||||
gui_w32.txt \
|
||||
@@ -71,6 +72,7 @@ DOCS = \
|
||||
pattern.txt \
|
||||
pi_gzip.txt \
|
||||
pi_netrw.txt \
|
||||
pi_paren.txt \
|
||||
pi_spec.txt \
|
||||
pi_tar.txt \
|
||||
pi_zip.txt \
|
||||
@@ -88,7 +90,9 @@ DOCS = \
|
||||
sponsor.txt \
|
||||
starting.txt \
|
||||
spell.txt \
|
||||
sql.txt \
|
||||
syntax.txt \
|
||||
tabpage.txt \
|
||||
tagsrch.txt \
|
||||
term.txt \
|
||||
tips.txt \
|
||||
@@ -119,6 +123,7 @@ DOCS = \
|
||||
usr_29.txt \
|
||||
usr_30.txt \
|
||||
usr_31.txt \
|
||||
usr_32.txt \
|
||||
usr_40.txt \
|
||||
usr_41.txt \
|
||||
usr_42.txt \
|
||||
@@ -133,6 +138,7 @@ DOCS = \
|
||||
version6.txt \
|
||||
version7.txt \
|
||||
vi_diff.txt \
|
||||
vimball.txt \
|
||||
visual.txt \
|
||||
windows.txt \
|
||||
workshop.txt
|
||||
@@ -152,13 +158,13 @@ HTMLS = \
|
||||
farsi.html \
|
||||
filetype.html \
|
||||
fold.html \
|
||||
getscript.html \
|
||||
gui.html \
|
||||
gui_w16.html \
|
||||
gui_w32.html \
|
||||
gui_x11.html \
|
||||
hangulin.html \
|
||||
hebrew.html \
|
||||
help.html \
|
||||
howto.html \
|
||||
if_cscop.html \
|
||||
if_mzsch.html \
|
||||
@@ -170,6 +176,7 @@ HTMLS = \
|
||||
if_tcl.html \
|
||||
indent.html \
|
||||
index.html \
|
||||
vimindex.html \
|
||||
insert.html \
|
||||
intro.html \
|
||||
map.html \
|
||||
@@ -195,6 +202,7 @@ HTMLS = \
|
||||
pattern.html \
|
||||
pi_gzip.html \
|
||||
pi_netrw.html \
|
||||
pi_paren.html \
|
||||
pi_spec.html \
|
||||
print.html \
|
||||
quickfix.html \
|
||||
@@ -210,7 +218,9 @@ HTMLS = \
|
||||
sponsor.html \
|
||||
starting.html \
|
||||
spell.html \
|
||||
sql.html \
|
||||
syntax.html \
|
||||
tabpage.html \
|
||||
tagsrch.html \
|
||||
tags.html \
|
||||
term.html \
|
||||
@@ -242,6 +252,7 @@ HTMLS = \
|
||||
usr_29.html \
|
||||
usr_30.html \
|
||||
usr_31.html \
|
||||
usr_32.html \
|
||||
usr_40.html \
|
||||
usr_41.html \
|
||||
usr_42.html \
|
||||
@@ -256,6 +267,7 @@ HTMLS = \
|
||||
version6.html \
|
||||
version7.html \
|
||||
vi_diff.html \
|
||||
vimball.txt \
|
||||
visual.html \
|
||||
windows.html \
|
||||
workshop.html
|
||||
@@ -321,6 +333,14 @@ noerrors:
|
||||
.txt.html:
|
||||
$(AWK) -f makehtml.awk $< >$@
|
||||
|
||||
# index.html is the starting point for HTML, but for the help files it is
|
||||
# help.txt. Therefore use vimindex.html for index.txt.
|
||||
index.html: help.txt
|
||||
$(AWK) -f makehtml.awk help.txt >index.html
|
||||
|
||||
vimindex.html: index.txt
|
||||
$(AWK) -f makehtml.awk index.txt >vimindex.html
|
||||
|
||||
tags.ref tags.html: tags
|
||||
$(AWK) -f maketags.awk tags >tags.html
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -389,6 +409,7 @@ os_risc.txt:
|
||||
os_win32.txt:
|
||||
touch os_win32.txt
|
||||
|
||||
# Note that $< works with GNU make while $> works for BSD make.
|
||||
vim-fr.UTF-8.1: vim-fr.1
|
||||
iconv -f latin1 -t utf-8 $< >$@
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
*arabic.txt* For Vim version 7.0aa. Last change: 2005 Mar 29
|
||||
*arabic.txt* For Vim version 7.0b. Last change: 2005 Mar 29
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Nadim Shaikli
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
*autocmd.txt* For Vim version 7.0aa. Last change: 2006 Feb 01
|
||||
*autocmd.txt* For Vim version 7.0b. Last change: 2006 Mar 15
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
|
||||
@@ -270,17 +270,28 @@ Name triggered by ~
|
||||
|
||||
Various
|
||||
|FileChangedShell| Vim notices that a file changed since editing started
|
||||
|FileChangedShellPost| After handling a file changed since editing started
|
||||
|FileChangedRO| before making the first change to a read-only file
|
||||
|
||||
|ShellCmdPost| after executing a shell command
|
||||
|ShellFilterPost| after filtering with a shell command
|
||||
|
||||
|FuncUndefined| a user function is used but it isn't defined
|
||||
|SpellFileMissing| a spell file is used but it can't be found
|
||||
|SourcePre| before sourcing a Vim script
|
||||
|
||||
|VimResized| after the Vim window size changed
|
||||
|FocusGained| Vim got input focus
|
||||
|FocusLost| Vim lost input focus
|
||||
|CursorHold| the user doesn't press a key for a while
|
||||
|CursorHoldI| the user doesn't press a key for a while in Insert mode
|
||||
|CursorMoved| the cursor was moved in Normal mode
|
||||
|CursorMovedI| the cursor was moved in Insert mode
|
||||
|
||||
|WinEnter| after entering another window
|
||||
|WinLeave| before leaving a window
|
||||
|TabEnter| after entering another tab page
|
||||
|TabLeave| before leaving a tab page
|
||||
|CmdwinEnter| after entering the command-line window
|
||||
|CmdwinLeave| before leaving the command-line window
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -440,6 +451,7 @@ CmdwinLeave Before leaving the command-line window.
|
||||
|cmdwin-char|
|
||||
*ColorScheme*
|
||||
ColorScheme After loading a color scheme. |:colorscheme|
|
||||
|
||||
*CursorHold*
|
||||
CursorHold When the user doesn't press a key for the time
|
||||
specified with 'updatetime'. Not re-triggered
|
||||
@@ -460,6 +472,21 @@ CursorHold When the user doesn't press a key for the time
|
||||
:let &ro = &ro
|
||||
< {only on Amiga, Unix, Win32, MSDOS and all GUI
|
||||
versions}
|
||||
*CursorHoldI*
|
||||
CursorHoldI Just like CursorHold, but in Insert mode.
|
||||
|
||||
*CursorMoved*
|
||||
CursorMoved After the cursor was moved in Normal mode.
|
||||
Also when the text of the cursor line has been
|
||||
changed, e.g., with "x", "rx" or "p".
|
||||
Not triggered when there is typeahead or when
|
||||
an operator is pending.
|
||||
For an example see |match-parens|.
|
||||
Careful: Don't do anything that the user does
|
||||
not expect or that is slow.
|
||||
*CursorMovedI*
|
||||
CursorMovedI After the cursor was moved in Insert mode.
|
||||
Otherwise the same as CursorMoved.
|
||||
*EncodingChanged*
|
||||
EncodingChanged Fires off after the 'encoding' option has been
|
||||
changed. Useful to set up fonts, for example.
|
||||
@@ -512,6 +539,9 @@ FileChangedShell When Vim notices that the modification time of
|
||||
commands for the FileChangedShell event no
|
||||
other FileChangedShell event will be
|
||||
triggered.
|
||||
*FileChangedShellPost*
|
||||
FileChangedShellPost After handling a file that was changed outside
|
||||
of Vim. Can be used to update the statusline.
|
||||
*FileEncoding*
|
||||
FileEncoding Obsolete. It still works and is equivalent
|
||||
to |EncodingChanged|.
|
||||
@@ -620,11 +650,12 @@ MenuPopup Just before showing the popup menu (under the
|
||||
c Commmand line
|
||||
*QuickFixCmdPre*
|
||||
QuickFixCmdPre Before a quickfix command is run (|:make|,
|
||||
|:grep|, |:grepadd|, |:vimgrep|,
|
||||
|:vimgrepadd|). The pattern is matched against
|
||||
the command being run. When |:grep| is used
|
||||
but 'grepprg' is set to "internal" it still
|
||||
matches "grep".
|
||||
|:lmake|, |:grep|, |:lgrep|, |:grepadd|,
|
||||
|:lgrepadd|, |:vimgrep|, |:lvimgrep|,
|
||||
|:vimgrepadd|, |:vimgrepadd|). The pattern is
|
||||
matched against the command being run. When
|
||||
|:grep| is used but 'grepprg' is set to
|
||||
"internal" it still matches "grep".
|
||||
This command cannot be used to set the
|
||||
'makeprg' and 'grepprg' variables.
|
||||
If this command causes an error, the quickfix
|
||||
@@ -644,6 +675,16 @@ RemoteReply When a reply from a Vim that functions as
|
||||
*SessionLoadPost*
|
||||
SessionLoadPost After loading the session file created using
|
||||
the |:mksession| command.
|
||||
*ShellCmdPost*
|
||||
ShellCmdPost After executing a shell command with |:!cmd|,
|
||||
|:shell|, |:make| and |:grep|. Can be used to
|
||||
check for any changed files.
|
||||
*ShellFilterPost*
|
||||
ShellFilterPost After executing a shell command with
|
||||
":{range}!cmd", ":w !cmd" or ":r !cmd".
|
||||
Can be used to check for any changed files.
|
||||
*SourcePre*
|
||||
SourcePre Before sourcing a Vim script. |:source|
|
||||
*SpellFileMissing*
|
||||
SpellFileMissing When trying to load a spell checking file and
|
||||
it can't be found. <amatch> is the language,
|
||||
@@ -686,6 +727,14 @@ Syntax When the 'syntax' option has been set.
|
||||
where this option was set, and <amatch> for
|
||||
the new value of 'syntax'.
|
||||
See |:syn-on|.
|
||||
*TabEnter*
|
||||
TabEnter Just after entering a tab page. |tab-page|
|
||||
Before triggering the WinEnter and BufEnter
|
||||
events.
|
||||
*TabLeave*
|
||||
TabLeave Just before leaving a tab page. |tab-page|
|
||||
A WinLeave event will have been triggered
|
||||
first.
|
||||
*TermChanged*
|
||||
TermChanged After the value of 'term' has changed. Useful
|
||||
for re-loading the syntax file to update the
|
||||
@@ -720,6 +769,10 @@ VimLeavePre Before exiting Vim, just before writing the
|
||||
Mostly useful with a "*" pattern. >
|
||||
:autocmd VimLeavePre * call CleanupStuff()
|
||||
< To detect an abnormal exit use |v:dying|.
|
||||
*VimResized*
|
||||
VimResized After the Vim window was resized, thus 'lines'
|
||||
and/or 'columns' changed. Not when starting
|
||||
up though.
|
||||
*WinEnter*
|
||||
WinEnter After entering another window. Not done for
|
||||
the first window, when Vim has just started.
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
*change.txt* For Vim version 7.0aa. Last change: 2005 Dec 16
|
||||
*change.txt* For Vim version 7.0b. Last change: 2006 Mar 16
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
|
||||
@@ -728,6 +728,7 @@ Examples: >
|
||||
:s/\([abc]\)\([efg]\)/\2\1/g modifies "af fa bg" to "fa fa gb"
|
||||
:s/abcde/abc^Mde/ modifies "abcde" to "abc", "de" (two lines)
|
||||
:s/$/\^M/ modifies "abcde" to "abcde^M"
|
||||
:s/\w\+/\u\0/g modifies "bla bla" to "Bla Bla"
|
||||
|
||||
Note: In previous versions CTRL-V was handled in a special way. Since this is
|
||||
not Vi compatible, this was removed. Use a backslash instead.
|
||||
@@ -765,6 +766,10 @@ break the line.
|
||||
For convenience a <NL> character is also used as a line break. Prepend a
|
||||
backslash to get a real <NL> character (which will be a NUL in the file).
|
||||
|
||||
When the result is a |List| then the items are joined with separating line
|
||||
breaks. Thus each item becomes a line, except that they can contain line
|
||||
breaks themselves.
|
||||
|
||||
The whole matched text can be accessed with "submatch(0)". The text matched
|
||||
with the first pair of () with "submatch(1)". Likewise for further
|
||||
sub-matches in ().
|
||||
@@ -1168,12 +1173,18 @@ The next three commands always work on whole lines.
|
||||
|
||||
*gq*
|
||||
gq{motion} Format the lines that {motion} moves over.
|
||||
If 'formatprg' is empty formatting is done internally
|
||||
and the 'textwidth' option controls the length of each
|
||||
formatted line (see below).
|
||||
Formatting is done with one of three methods:
|
||||
1. If 'formatexpr' is not empty the expression is
|
||||
evaluated. This can differ for each buffer.
|
||||
2. If 'formatprg' is not empty an external program
|
||||
is used.
|
||||
3. Otherise formatting is done internally.
|
||||
|
||||
In the third case the 'textwidth' option controls the
|
||||
length of each formatted line (see below).
|
||||
If the 'textwidth' option is 0, the formatted line
|
||||
length is the screen width (with a maximum width of
|
||||
79). {not in Vi}
|
||||
79).
|
||||
The 'formatoptions' option controls the type of
|
||||
formatting |fo-table|.
|
||||
The cursor is left on the first non-blank of the last
|
||||
@@ -1193,8 +1204,8 @@ gqq Format the current line. {not in Vi}
|
||||
*gw*
|
||||
gw{motion} Format the lines that {motion} moves over. Similar to
|
||||
|gq| but puts the cursor back at the same position in
|
||||
the text. However, 'formatprg' is not used.
|
||||
{not in Vi}
|
||||
the text. However, 'formatprg' and 'formatexpr' are
|
||||
not used. {not in Vi}
|
||||
|
||||
gwgw *gwgw* *gww*
|
||||
gww Format the current line as with "gw". {not in Vi}
|
||||
@@ -1225,9 +1236,10 @@ white space!).
|
||||
|
||||
The 'joinspaces' option is used when lines are joined together.
|
||||
|
||||
You can set the 'formatprg' option to the name of an external program for Vim
|
||||
to use for text formatting. The 'textwidth' and other options have no effect
|
||||
on formatting by an external program.
|
||||
You can set the 'formatexpr' option to an expression or the 'formatprg' option
|
||||
to the name of an external program for Vim to use for text formatting. The
|
||||
'textwidth' and other options have no effect on formatting by an external
|
||||
program.
|
||||
|
||||
*right-justify*
|
||||
There is no command in Vim to right justify text. You can do it with
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
*cmdline.txt* For Vim version 7.0aa. Last change: 2006 Feb 01
|
||||
*cmdline.txt* For Vim version 7.0b. Last change: 2006 Mar 16
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
|
||||
@@ -172,8 +172,11 @@ CTRL-R CTRL-A *c_CTRL-R_CTRL-A* *c_<C-R>_<C-A>*
|
||||
'path' as in |gf|
|
||||
CTRL-W the Word under the cursor
|
||||
CTRL-A the WORD under the cursor; see |WORD|
|
||||
When 'incsearch' is set the cursor position of the currently
|
||||
displayed match is used.
|
||||
|
||||
When 'incsearch' is set the cursor position at the end of the
|
||||
currently displayed match is used. With CTRL-W the part of
|
||||
the word that was already typed is not inserted again.
|
||||
|
||||
{not in Vi}
|
||||
CTRL-F and CTRL-P: {only when +file_in_path feature is
|
||||
included}
|
||||
@@ -354,6 +357,7 @@ word before the cursor. This is available for:
|
||||
- File names: Only after a command that accepts a file name or a setting for
|
||||
an option that can be set to a file name. This is called file name
|
||||
completion.
|
||||
- Shell command names: After ":!cmd", ":r !cmd" and ":w !cmd". $PATH is used.
|
||||
- Options: Only after the ":set" command.
|
||||
- Mappings: Only after a ":map" or similar command.
|
||||
- Variable and function names: Only after a ":if", ":call" or similar command.
|
||||
@@ -398,6 +402,9 @@ CTRL-L A match is done on the pattern in front of the cursor. If
|
||||
If there are multiple matches the longest common part is
|
||||
inserted in place of the pattern. If the result is shorter
|
||||
than the pattern, no completion is done.
|
||||
When 'incsearch' is set, entering a search pattern for "/" or
|
||||
"?" and the current match is displayed then CTRL-L will add
|
||||
one character from the end of the current match.
|
||||
|
||||
The 'wildchar' option defaults to <Tab> (CTRL-E when in Vi compatible mode; in
|
||||
a previous version <Esc> was used). In the pattern standard wildcards '*' and
|
||||
@@ -479,6 +486,7 @@ followed by another command:
|
||||
:global
|
||||
:help
|
||||
:helpfind
|
||||
:lcscope
|
||||
:make
|
||||
:normal
|
||||
:perl
|
||||
@@ -741,8 +749,9 @@ Note: these are typed literally, they are not special keys!
|
||||
<afile> when executing autocommands, is replaced with the file name
|
||||
for a file read or write
|
||||
<abuf> when executing autocommands, is replaced with the currently
|
||||
effective buffer number (for ":r file" it is the current
|
||||
buffer, the file being read is not in a buffer).
|
||||
effective buffer number (for ":r file" and ":so file" it is
|
||||
the current buffer, the file being read/sourced is not in a
|
||||
buffer).
|
||||
<amatch> when executing autocommands, is replaced with the match for
|
||||
which this autocommand was executed. It differs from
|
||||
<afile> only when the file name isn't used to match with
|
||||
@@ -969,6 +978,11 @@ that there will be an extra screen redraw.
|
||||
The buffer used for the command-line window is deleted. Any changes to lines
|
||||
other than the one that is executed with <CR> are lost.
|
||||
|
||||
If you would like to execute the command under the cursor and then have the
|
||||
command-line window open again, you may find this mapping useful: >
|
||||
|
||||
:map <F5> <CR>q:
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
VARIOUS
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
*debug.txt* For Vim version 7.0aa. Last change: 2005 Dec 17
|
||||
*debug.txt* For Vim version 7.0b. Last change: 2005 Dec 17
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
*debugger.txt* For Vim version 7.0aa. Last change: 2005 Mar 29
|
||||
*debugger.txt* For Vim version 7.0b. Last change: 2005 Mar 29
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Gordon Prieur
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
*develop.txt* For Vim version 7.0aa. Last change: 2006 Jan 12
|
||||
*develop.txt* For Vim version 7.0b. Last change: 2006 Mar 09
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
|
||||
@@ -149,6 +149,7 @@ VIM IS... NOT *design-not*
|
||||
A satirical way to say this: "Unlike Emacs, Vim does not attempt to include
|
||||
everything but the kitchen sink, but some people say that you can clean one
|
||||
with it. ;-)"
|
||||
To use Vim with gdb see: http://www.agide.org and http://clewn.sf.net.
|
||||
- Vim is not a fancy GUI editor that tries to look nice at the cost of
|
||||
being less consistent over all platforms. But functional GUI features are
|
||||
welcomed.
|
||||
@@ -187,8 +188,8 @@ strchr() vim_strchr() Accepts special characters
|
||||
strrchr() vim_strrchr() Accepts special characters
|
||||
isspace() vim_isspace() Can handle characters > 128
|
||||
iswhite() vim_iswhite() Only TRUE for Tab and space
|
||||
memcpy() vim_memmove() Handles overlapped copies
|
||||
bcopy() vim_memmove() Handles overlapped copies
|
||||
memcpy() mch_memmove() Handles overlapped copies
|
||||
bcopy() mch_memmove() Handles overlapped copies
|
||||
memset() vim_memset() Uniform for all systems
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
*diff.txt* For Vim version 7.0aa. Last change: 2006 Jan 22
|
||||
*diff.txt* For Vim version 7.0b. Last change: 2006 Mar 15
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
|
||||
@@ -41,12 +41,18 @@ the file.
|
||||
|
||||
This only works when a standard "diff" command is available. See 'diffexpr'.
|
||||
|
||||
Diffs are local to the current tab page |tab-page|. You can't see diffs with
|
||||
a window in another tab page. This does make it possible to have several
|
||||
diffs at the same time, each in their own tab page.
|
||||
|
||||
What happens is that Vim opens a window for each of the files. This is like
|
||||
using the |-O| argument. This uses vertical splits. If you prefer horizontal
|
||||
splits add the |-o| argument: >
|
||||
|
||||
vimdiff -o file1 file2 [file3]
|
||||
|
||||
If you always prefer horizontal splits include "horizontal" in 'diffopt'.
|
||||
|
||||
In each of the edited files these options are set:
|
||||
|
||||
'diff' on
|
||||
@@ -54,7 +60,7 @@ In each of the edited files these options are set:
|
||||
'scrollopt' includes "hor"
|
||||
'wrap' off
|
||||
'foldmethod' "diff"
|
||||
'foldcolumn' 2
|
||||
'foldcolumn' value from 'diffopt', default is 2
|
||||
|
||||
These options are set local to the window. When editing another file they are
|
||||
reset to the global value.
|
||||
@@ -103,7 +109,9 @@ To make these commands use a vertical split, prepend |:vertical|. Examples: >
|
||||
|
||||
:vert diffsplit main.c~
|
||||
:vert diffpatch /tmp/diff
|
||||
<
|
||||
|
||||
If you always prefer a vertical split include "vertical" in 'diffopt'.
|
||||
|
||||
*E96*
|
||||
There can be up to four buffers with 'diff' set.
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -113,7 +121,7 @@ file for a moment and come back to the same file and be in diff mode again.
|
||||
*:diffo* *:diffoff*
|
||||
:diffoff Switch off diff mode for the current window.
|
||||
|
||||
:diffoff! Switch off diff mode for all windows.
|
||||
:diffoff! Switch off diff mode for all windows in the current tab page.
|
||||
|
||||
The ":diffoff" command resets the relevant options to their default value.
|
||||
This may be different from what the values were before diff mode was started,
|
||||
@@ -374,8 +382,8 @@ will have the same effect. These variables are set to the file names used:
|
||||
|
||||
Example (this does the same as 'patchexpr' being empty): >
|
||||
|
||||
let patchexpr=MyPatch
|
||||
function MyPatch
|
||||
set patchexpr=MyPatch()
|
||||
function MyPatch()
|
||||
:call system("patch -o " . v:fname_out . " " . v:fname_in .
|
||||
\ " < " . v:fname_diff)
|
||||
endfunction
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
*digraph.txt* For Vim version 7.0aa. Last change: 2005 Sep 11
|
||||
*digraph.txt* For Vim version 7.0b. Last change: 2005 Sep 11
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
*editing.txt* For Vim version 7.0aa. Last change: 2006 Jan 20
|
||||
*editing.txt* For Vim version 7.0b. Last change: 2006 Mar 06
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
|
||||
@@ -334,6 +334,22 @@ CTRL-^ Edit the alternate file (equivalent to ":e #").
|
||||
(For {Visual} see |Visual-mode|.)
|
||||
{not in VI}
|
||||
|
||||
*gF*
|
||||
[count]gF Same as "gf", except if a number follows the file
|
||||
name, then the cursor is positioned on that line in
|
||||
the file. The file name and the number must be
|
||||
separated by a non-filename (see 'isfname') and
|
||||
non-numeric character. White space between the
|
||||
filename, the separator and the number are ignored.
|
||||
Examples: >
|
||||
eval.c:10
|
||||
eval.c @ 20
|
||||
eval.c (30)
|
||||
eval.c 40
|
||||
<
|
||||
*v_gF*
|
||||
{Visual}[count]gF Same as "v_gf".
|
||||
|
||||
These commands are used to start editing a single file. This means that the
|
||||
file is read into the buffer and the current file name is set. The file that
|
||||
is opened depends on the current directory, see |:cd|.
|
||||
@@ -398,7 +414,9 @@ You can have the backticks expanded as a Vim expression, instead of an
|
||||
external command, by using the syntax `={expr}` e.g.: >
|
||||
:e `=tempname()`
|
||||
The expression can contain just about anything, thus this can also be used to
|
||||
avoid the special meaning of '"', '|', '%' and '#'.
|
||||
avoid the special meaning of '"', '|', '%' and '#'. Names are to be separated
|
||||
with line breaks. When the result is a |List| then each item is used as a
|
||||
name. Line breaks also separate names.
|
||||
|
||||
*++opt* *[++opt]*
|
||||
The [++opt] argument can be used to force the value of 'fileformat',
|
||||
@@ -803,7 +821,7 @@ USING THE ARGUMENT LIST
|
||||
each file.
|
||||
{not in Vi} {not available when compiled without the
|
||||
|+listcmds| feature}
|
||||
Also see |:windo| and |:bufdo|.
|
||||
Also see |:windo|, |:tabdo| and |:bufdo|.
|
||||
|
||||
Example: >
|
||||
:args *.c
|
||||
@@ -1014,6 +1032,9 @@ The names can be in upper- or lowercase.
|
||||
Vim refuses to |abandon| the current buffer, and when
|
||||
the last file in the argument list has not been
|
||||
edited.
|
||||
If there are other tab pages and quitting the last
|
||||
window in the current tab page the current tab page is
|
||||
closed |tab-page|.
|
||||
|
||||
:conf[irm] q[uit] Quit, but give prompt when changes have been made, or
|
||||
the last file in the argument list has not been
|
||||
|
||||
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
*farsi.txt* For Vim version 7.0aa. Last change: 2005 Mar 29
|
||||
*farsi.txt* For Vim version 7.0b. Last change: 2005 Mar 29
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Mortaza Ghassab Shiran
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
*filetype.txt* For Vim version 7.0aa. Last change: 2005 Sep 16
|
||||
*filetype.txt* For Vim version 7.0b. Last change: 2006 Mar 24
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
|
||||
@@ -148,6 +148,7 @@ can be used to overrule the filetype used for certain extensions:
|
||||
*.i g:filetype_i |ft-progress-syntax|
|
||||
*.p g:filetype_p |ft-pascal-syntax|
|
||||
*.sh g:bash_is_sh |ft-sh-syntax|
|
||||
*.tex g:tex_flavor |ft-tex-plugin|
|
||||
|
||||
*filetype-ignore*
|
||||
To avoid that certain files are being inspected, the g:ft_ignore_pat variable
|
||||
@@ -536,4 +537,22 @@ Since the text for this plugin is rather long it has been put in a separate
|
||||
file: |pi_spec.txt|.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
SQL *ft-sql*
|
||||
|
||||
Since the text for this plugin is rather long it has been put in a separate
|
||||
file: |sql.txt|.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
TEX *ft-tex-plugin*
|
||||
|
||||
If the first line of a *.tex file has the form >
|
||||
%&<format>
|
||||
then this determined the file type: plaintex (for plain TeX), context (for
|
||||
ConTeXt), or tex (for LaTeX). Otherwise, the file is searched for keywords to
|
||||
choose context or tex. If no keywords are found, it defaults to plaintex.
|
||||
You can change the default by defining the variable g:tex_flavor to the format
|
||||
(not the file type) you use most: plain or context or latex. (Currently no
|
||||
other formats are recognized.)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
vim:tw=78:ts=8:ft=help:norl:
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
*fold.txt* For Vim version 7.0aa. Last change: 2005 Sep 10
|
||||
*fold.txt* For Vim version 7.0b. Last change: 2005 Sep 10
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
|
||||
|
||||
303
runtime/doc/getscript.txt
Normal file
303
runtime/doc/getscript.txt
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,303 @@
|
||||
*getscript.txt* For Vim version 7.0b. Last change: 2006 Mar 24
|
||||
|
||||
Get the Latest VimScripts
|
||||
|
||||
Authors: Charles E. Campbell, Jr. <NdrOchip@ScampbellPfamilyA.Mbiz>
|
||||
(remove NOSPAM from the email address)
|
||||
*GetLatestVimScripts-copyright*
|
||||
Copyright: (c) 2004-2005 by Charles E. Campbell, Jr.
|
||||
The VIM LICENSE applies to GetLatestVimScripts.vim and
|
||||
GetLatestVimScripts.txt (see |copyright|) except use
|
||||
"GetLatestVimScripts" instead of "Vim".
|
||||
No warranty, express or implied. Use At-Your-Own-Risk.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
1. Contents *glvs-contents*
|
||||
|
||||
1. Contents.......................................: |glvs-contents|
|
||||
2. GetLatestVimScripts Usage......................: |glvs|
|
||||
3. GetLatestVimScripts Data File..................: |glvs-data|
|
||||
4. GetLatestVimScripts Plugins....................: |glvs-plugins|
|
||||
5. GetLatestVimScripts AutoInstall................: |glvs-autoinstall|
|
||||
6. GetLatestVimScripts Algorithm..................: |glvs-alg|
|
||||
7. GetLatestVimScripts History....................: |glvs-hist|
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
2. GetLatestVimScripts Usage *getlatestvimscripts* *getscript* *glvs*
|
||||
|
||||
While in vim, type
|
||||
>
|
||||
:GetLatestVimScripts
|
||||
<
|
||||
Unless its been defined elsewhere,
|
||||
>
|
||||
:GLVS
|
||||
<
|
||||
will also work.
|
||||
|
||||
The script will attempt to update and, if so directed, automatically
|
||||
install scripts from http://vim.sourceforge.net/. To do so it will
|
||||
peruse a file, [.vim|vimfiles]/GetLatest/GetLatestVimScripts.dat
|
||||
(see |glvs-data|), and examine plugins in your [.vim|vimfiles]/plugin
|
||||
directory (see |glvs-plugins|).
|
||||
|
||||
Scripts which have been downloaded will appear in the .../GetLatest
|
||||
subdirectory.
|
||||
|
||||
The <GetLatestVimScripts.dat> file will be automatically be updated to
|
||||
reflect the latest version of script(s) so downloaded.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
3. GetLatestVimScripts Data File *getlatestvimscripts-data* *glvs-data*
|
||||
|
||||
The Data file has a header which should appear as:
|
||||
>
|
||||
ScriptID SourceID Filename
|
||||
--------------------------
|
||||
<
|
||||
Below that are three columns; the first two are numeric followed by a
|
||||
text column.
|
||||
|
||||
The first number on each line gives the script's ScriptID. When
|
||||
you're about to use a web browser to look at scripts on
|
||||
http://vim.sf.net/, just before you click on the script's link, you'll
|
||||
see a line resembling
|
||||
|
||||
http://vim.sourceforge.net/scripts/script.php?script_id=40
|
||||
|
||||
The "40" happens to be a ScriptID that GetLatestVimScripts needs to
|
||||
download the associated page.
|
||||
|
||||
The second number on each line gives the script's SourceID. The
|
||||
SourceID records the count of uploaded scripts as determined by
|
||||
vim.sf.net; hence it serves to indicate "when" a script was uploaded.
|
||||
Setting the SourceID to 1 insures that GetLatestVimScripts will assume
|
||||
that the script it has is out-of-date.
|
||||
|
||||
The SourceID is extracted by GetLatestVimScripts from the script's
|
||||
page on vim.sf.net; whenever its greater than the one stored in the
|
||||
GetLatestVimScripts.dat file, the script will be downloaded.
|
||||
|
||||
If your script's author has included a special comment line in his/her
|
||||
plugin, the plugin itself will be used by GetLatestVimScripts to build
|
||||
your <GetLatestVimScripts.dat> file, including any dependencies on
|
||||
other scripts it may have.
|
||||
|
||||
If your comment field begins with :AutoInstall:, GetLatestVimScripts
|
||||
will attempt to automatically install the script. Thus,
|
||||
GetLatestVimScripts thus provides a comprehensive ability to keep your
|
||||
plugins up-to-date!
|
||||
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
4. GetLatestVimScripts Plugins *getlatestvimscripts-plugins* *glvs-plugins*
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
If a plugin author includes the following comment anywhere in their
|
||||
plugin, GetLatestVimScripts will find it and use it to build user's
|
||||
GetLatestVimScripts.dat files:
|
||||
>
|
||||
src_id
|
||||
v
|
||||
" GetLatestVimScripts: ### ### yourscriptname
|
||||
^
|
||||
scriptid
|
||||
<
|
||||
As an author, you should include such a line in to refer to your own
|
||||
script plus any additional lines describing any plugin dependencies it
|
||||
may have. Same format, of course!
|
||||
|
||||
If your command is auto-installable (see |glvs-autoinstall|), and most
|
||||
scripts are, then you may include :AutoInstall: at the start of
|
||||
"yourscriptname".
|
||||
|
||||
GetLatestVimScript commands for those scripts are then appended, if
|
||||
not already present, to the user's GetLatest/GetLatestVimScripts.dat
|
||||
file. Its a relatively painless way to automate the acquisition of
|
||||
any scripts your plugins depend upon.
|
||||
|
||||
Now, as an author, you probably don't want GetLatestVimScripts to
|
||||
download your own scripts for you yourself, thereby overwriting your
|
||||
not-yet-released hard work. GetLatestVimScripts provides a solution
|
||||
for this: put
|
||||
>
|
||||
0 0 yourscriptname
|
||||
<
|
||||
into your <GetLatestVimScripts.dat> file and GetLatestVimScripts will
|
||||
skip examining the "yourscriptname" scripts for those
|
||||
GetLatestVimScript comment lines. As a result, those lines won't be
|
||||
inadvertently installed into your <GetLatestVimScripts.dat> file and
|
||||
subsequently used to download your own scripts. This is especially
|
||||
important to do if you've included the :AutoInstall: option.
|
||||
|
||||
Be certain to use the same "yourscriptname" in the "0 0
|
||||
yourscriptname" line as you've used in your GetLatestVimScript
|
||||
comment!
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
5. GetLatestVimScripts AutoInstall *getlatestvimscripts-autoinstall*
|
||||
*glvs-autoinstall*
|
||||
|
||||
GetLatestVimScripts now supports "AutoInstall". Not all scripts are
|
||||
supportive of auto-install, as they may have special things you need
|
||||
to do to install them (please refer to the script's "install"
|
||||
directions). On the other hand, most scripts will be
|
||||
auto-installable.
|
||||
|
||||
To let GetLatestVimScripts do an autoinstall, the data file's comment
|
||||
field should begin with (surrounding blanks are ignored):
|
||||
|
||||
:AutoInstall:
|
||||
|
||||
Both colons are needed, and it should begin the comment
|
||||
(yourscriptname) field.
|
||||
|
||||
One may prevent any autoinstalling by putting the following line
|
||||
in your <.vimrc>:
|
||||
>
|
||||
let g:GetLatestVimScripts_allowautoinstall= 0
|
||||
<
|
||||
|
||||
With :AutoInstall: enabled, as it is by default, files which end with
|
||||
|
||||
---.tar.bz2 : decompressed and untarred in [.vim|vimfiles] directory
|
||||
---.tar.gz : decompressed and untarred in [.vim|vimfiles] directory
|
||||
---.vim.bz2 : decompressed and moved to the .vim/plugin directory
|
||||
---.vim.gz : decompressed and moved to the .vim/plugin directory
|
||||
---.zip : unzipped in [.vim|vimfiles] directory
|
||||
---.vim : moved to [.vim|vimfiles]/plugin directory
|
||||
|
||||
and which merely need to have their components placed by the
|
||||
untar/gunzip or move-to-plugin-directory process should be
|
||||
auto-installable.
|
||||
|
||||
When is a script not auto-installable? Let me give an example:
|
||||
>
|
||||
[.vim|vimfiles]/after/syntax/blockhl.vim
|
||||
<
|
||||
The <blockhl.vim> script provides block highlighting for C/C++
|
||||
programs; it is available at:
|
||||
>
|
||||
http://vim.sourceforge.net/scripts/script.php?script_id=104
|
||||
<
|
||||
Currently, vim's after/syntax only supports by-filetype scripts (in
|
||||
blockhl.vim's case, that's after/syntax/c.vim). Hence, auto-install
|
||||
would possibly overwrite the current user's after/syntax/c.vim file.
|
||||
|
||||
In my own case, I use <aftersyntax.vim> (renamed to
|
||||
after/syntax/c.vim) to allow a after/syntax/c/ directory:
|
||||
>
|
||||
http://vim.sourceforge.net/scripts/script.php?script_id=1023
|
||||
<
|
||||
The script allows multiple syntax files to exist separately in the
|
||||
after/syntax/c subdirectory. I can't bundle aftersyntax.vim in and
|
||||
build an appropriate tarball for auto-install because of the potential
|
||||
for the after/syntax/c.vim contained in it to overwrite a user's
|
||||
c.vim.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
6. GetLatestVimScripts Algorithm *getlatestvimscripts-algorithm*
|
||||
*glvs-alg*
|
||||
|
||||
The Vim sourceforge page dynamically creates a page by keying off of
|
||||
the so-called script-id. Within the webpage of
|
||||
|
||||
http://vim.sourceforge.net/scripts/script.php?script_id=40
|
||||
|
||||
is a line specifying the latest source-id (src_id). The source
|
||||
identifier numbers are always increasing, hence if the src_id is
|
||||
greater than the one recorded for the script in GetLatestVimScripts
|
||||
then its time to download a newer copy of that script.
|
||||
|
||||
GetLatestVimScripts will then download the script and update its
|
||||
internal database of script ids, source ids, and scriptnames.
|
||||
|
||||
The AutoInstall process will:
|
||||
|
||||
Move the file from GetLatest/ to the following directory
|
||||
Unix : $HOME/.vim
|
||||
Windows: $HOME\vimfiles
|
||||
|
||||
if the downloaded file ends with ".bz2"
|
||||
bunzip2 it
|
||||
else if the downloaded file ends with ".gz"
|
||||
gunzip it
|
||||
if the resulting file ends with ".zip"
|
||||
unzip it
|
||||
else if the resulting file ends with ".tar"
|
||||
tar -oxvf it
|
||||
else if the resulting file ends with ".vim"
|
||||
move it to the plugin subdirectory
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
7. GetLatestVimScripts History *getlatestvimscripts-history* *glvs-hist*
|
||||
|
||||
v20 Dec 23, 2005 : * Eric Haarbauer found&fixed a bug with unzip use;
|
||||
unzip needs the -o flag to overwrite.
|
||||
v19 Nov 28, 2005 : * v18's GetLatestVimScript line accessed the wrong
|
||||
script! Fixed.
|
||||
v18 Mar 21, 2005 : * bugfix to automatic database construction
|
||||
* bugfix - nowrapscan caused an error
|
||||
(tnx to David Green for the fix)
|
||||
Apr 01, 2005 * if shell is bash, "mv" instead of "ren" used in
|
||||
:AutoInstall:s, even though its o/s is windows
|
||||
Apr 01, 2005 * when downloading errors occurred, GLVS was
|
||||
terminating early. It now just goes on to trying
|
||||
the next script (after trying three times to
|
||||
download a script description page)
|
||||
Apr 20, 2005 * bugfix - when a failure to download occurred,
|
||||
GetLatestVimScripts would stop early and claim that
|
||||
everything was current. Fixed.
|
||||
v17 Aug 25, 2004 : * g:GetLatestVimScripts_allowautoinstall, which
|
||||
defaults to 1, can be used to prevent all
|
||||
:AutoInstall:
|
||||
v16 Aug 25, 2004 : * made execution of bunzip2/gunzip/tar/zip silent
|
||||
* fixed bug with :AutoInstall: use of helptags
|
||||
v15 Aug 24, 2004 : * bugfix: the "0 0 comment" download prevention wasn't
|
||||
always preventing downloads (just usually). Fixed.
|
||||
v14 Aug 24, 2004 : * bugfix -- helptags was using dotvim, rather than
|
||||
s:dotvim. Fixed.
|
||||
v13 Aug 23, 2004 : * will skip downloading a file if its scriptid or srcid
|
||||
is zero. Useful for script authors; that way their
|
||||
own GetLatestVimScripts activity won't overwrite
|
||||
their scripts.
|
||||
v12 Aug 23, 2004 : * bugfix - a "return" got left in the distribution that
|
||||
was intended only for testing. Removed, now works.
|
||||
* :AutoInstall: implemented
|
||||
v11 Aug 20, 2004 : * GetLatestVimScripts is now a plugin:
|
||||
* :GetLatestVimScripts command
|
||||
* (runtimepath)/GetLatest/GetLatestVimScripts.dat
|
||||
now holds scripts that need updating
|
||||
v10 Apr 19, 2004 : * moved history from script to doc
|
||||
v9 Jan 23, 2004 : windows (win32/win16/win95) will use
|
||||
double quotes ("") whereas other systems will use
|
||||
single quotes ('') around the urls in calls via wget
|
||||
v8 Dec 01, 2003 : makes three tries at downloading
|
||||
v7 Sep 02, 2003 : added error messages if "Click on..." or "src_id="
|
||||
not found in downloaded webpage
|
||||
Uses t_ti, t_te, and rs to make progress visible
|
||||
v6 Aug 06, 2003 : final status messages now display summary of work
|
||||
( "Downloaded someqty scripts" or
|
||||
"Everything was current")
|
||||
Now GetLatestVimScripts is careful about downloading
|
||||
GetLatestVimScripts.vim itself!
|
||||
(goes to <NEW_GetLatestVimScripts.vim>)
|
||||
v5 Aug 04, 2003 : missing an endif near bottom
|
||||
v4 Jun 17, 2003 : redraw! just before each "considering" message
|
||||
v3 May 27, 2003 : Protects downloaded files from errant shell
|
||||
expansions with single quotes: '...'
|
||||
v2 May 14, 2003 : extracts name of item to be obtained from the
|
||||
script file. Uses it instead of comment field
|
||||
for output filename; comment is used in the
|
||||
"considering..." line and is now just a comment!
|
||||
* Fixed a bug: a string-of-numbers is not the
|
||||
same as a number, so I added zero to them
|
||||
and they became numbers. Fixes comparison.
|
||||
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
vim:tw=78:ts=8:ft=help
|
||||
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
*gui.txt* For Vim version 7.0aa. Last change: 2005 Aug 07
|
||||
*gui.txt* For Vim version 7.0b. Last change: 2006 Mar 20
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
|
||||
@@ -24,9 +24,9 @@ Other GUI documentation:
|
||||
1. Starting the GUI *gui-start* *E229* *E233*
|
||||
|
||||
First you must make sure you actually have a version of Vim with the GUI code
|
||||
included. You can check this with the ":version" command, it should include
|
||||
"+GUI_Athena", "+GUI_GTK", "+GUI_KDE", "+GUI_Motif" or "MS-Windows ... bit
|
||||
GUI version".
|
||||
included. You can check this with the ":version" command, it says "with xxx
|
||||
GUI", where "xxx" is X11-Motif, X11-Athena, Photon, GTK, GTK2, etc., or
|
||||
"MS-Windows 32 bit GUI version".
|
||||
|
||||
How to start the GUI depends on the system used. Mostly you can run the
|
||||
GUI version of Vim with:
|
||||
@@ -37,7 +37,8 @@ The X11 version of Vim can run both in GUI and in non-GUI mode. See
|
||||
|
||||
*gui-init* *gvimrc* *.gvimrc* *_gvimrc*
|
||||
When the GUI starts up initializations are carried out, in this order:
|
||||
- The termcap options are reset to their default value for the GUI.
|
||||
- The 'term' option is set to "builgin_gui" and terminal options are reset to
|
||||
their default value for the GUI |terminal-options|.
|
||||
- If the system menu file exists, it is sourced. The name of this file is
|
||||
normally "$VIMRUNTIME/menu.vim". You can check this with ":version". Also
|
||||
see |$VIMRUNTIME|. To skip loading the system menu include 'M' in
|
||||
@@ -498,6 +499,8 @@ floating menus that do not appear on the main menu bar.
|
||||
*:nme* *:nmenu* *:nnoreme* *:nnoremenu*
|
||||
*:ome* *:omenu* *:onoreme* *:onoremenu*
|
||||
*:vme* *:vmenu* *:vnoreme* *:vnoremenu*
|
||||
*:xme* *:xmenu* *:xnoreme* *:xnoremenu*
|
||||
*:sme* *:smenu* *:snoreme* *:snoremenu*
|
||||
*:ime* *:imenu* *:inoreme* *:inoremenu*
|
||||
*:cme* *:cmenu* *:cnoreme* *:cnoremenu*
|
||||
*E330* *E327* *E331* *E336* *E333*
|
||||
@@ -786,6 +789,8 @@ using the last visual selection.
|
||||
*:nunme* *:nunmenu*
|
||||
*:ounme* *:ounmenu*
|
||||
*:vunme* *:vunmenu*
|
||||
*:xunme* *:xunmenu*
|
||||
*:sunme* *:sunmenu*
|
||||
*:iunme* *:iunmenu*
|
||||
*:cunme* *:cunmenu*
|
||||
To delete a menu item or a whole submenu, use the unmenu commands, which are
|
||||
@@ -954,6 +959,9 @@ This section describes other features which are related to the GUI.
|
||||
endif
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
A recommended Japanese font is MS Mincho. You can find info here:
|
||||
http://www.lexikan.com/mincho.htm
|
||||
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
7. Shell Commands *gui-shell*
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
*gui_w16.txt* For Vim version 7.0aa. Last change: 2005 Mar 29
|
||||
*gui_w16.txt* For Vim version 7.0b. Last change: 2005 Mar 29
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
*gui_w32.txt* For Vim version 7.0aa. Last change: 2005 Mar 29
|
||||
*gui_w32.txt* For Vim version 7.0b. Last change: 2005 Mar 29
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
*gui_x11.txt* For Vim version 7.0aa. Last change: 2005 Dec 06
|
||||
*gui_x11.txt* For Vim version 7.0b. Last change: 2005 Dec 06
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
*hangulin.txt* For Vim version 7.0aa. Last change: 2005 Mar 29
|
||||
*hangulin.txt* For Vim version 7.0b. Last change: 2005 Mar 29
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Chi-Deok Hwang and Sung-Hyun Nam
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
*hebrew.txt* For Vim version 7.0aa. Last change: 2003 May 11
|
||||
*hebrew.txt* For Vim version 7.0b. Last change: 2003 May 11
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Ron Aaron (and Avner Lottem)
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
*help.txt* For Vim version 7.0aa. Last change: 2005 Nov 30
|
||||
*help.txt* For Vim version 7.0b. Last change: 2006 Mar 24
|
||||
|
||||
VIM - main help file
|
||||
k
|
||||
@@ -71,6 +71,7 @@ Editing Effectively ~
|
||||
|usr_29.txt| Moving through programs
|
||||
|usr_30.txt| Editing programs
|
||||
|usr_31.txt| Exploiting the GUI
|
||||
|usr_32.txt| The undo tree
|
||||
|
||||
Tuning Vim ~
|
||||
|usr_40.txt| Make new commands
|
||||
@@ -84,7 +85,7 @@ Making Vim Run ~
|
||||
|usr_90.txt| Installing Vim
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
REFERENCE MANUAL: These files explain every detail of Vim.
|
||||
REFERENCE MANUAL: These files explain every detail of Vim. *ref-toc*
|
||||
|
||||
General subjects ~
|
||||
|intro.txt| general introduction to Vim; notation used in help files
|
||||
@@ -122,6 +123,7 @@ Advanced editing ~
|
||||
|tagsrch.txt| tags and special searches
|
||||
|quickfix.txt| commands for a quick edit-compile-fix cycle
|
||||
|windows.txt| commands for using multiple windows and buffers
|
||||
|tabpage.txt| commands for using multiple tab pages
|
||||
|syntax.txt| syntax highlighting
|
||||
|spell.txt| spell checking
|
||||
|diff.txt| working with two or three versions of the same file
|
||||
@@ -186,18 +188,13 @@ Remarks about specific systems ~
|
||||
|os_win32.txt| MS-Windows 95/98/NT
|
||||
*standard-plugin-list*
|
||||
Standard plugins ~
|
||||
|pi_netrw.txt| Reading and writing files over a network
|
||||
|pi_gzip.txt| Reading and writing compressed files
|
||||
|pi_expl.txt| File explorer
|
||||
|pi_netrw.txt| Reading and writing files over a network
|
||||
|pi_paren.txt| Highlight matching parens
|
||||
|pi_tar.txt| Tar file explorer
|
||||
|pi_zip.txt| Zip archive explorer
|
||||
|
||||
LOCAL ADDITIONS: *local-additions*
|
||||
|cecutil.txt| DrChip's Utilities Jun 11, 2004
|
||||
|engspchk.txt| English Spelling Checker (v61) Mar 14, 2005
|
||||
|example.txt| Example for a locally added help file
|
||||
|matchit.txt| Extended "%" matching
|
||||
|test.txt| Testing the h<>lp c<>mm<6D>nd n<>w
|
||||
|typecorr.txt| Plugin for correcting typing mistakes
|
||||
|helpp.txt| Dummy line to avoid an error message
|
||||
|
||||
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
*bars* Bars example
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
*howto.txt* For Vim version 7.0aa. Last change: 2001 Sep 03
|
||||
*howto.txt* For Vim version 7.0b. Last change: 2001 Sep 03
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
*if_cscop.txt* For Vim version 7.0aa. Last change: 2005 Mar 29
|
||||
*if_cscop.txt* For Vim version 7.0b. Last change: 2005 Mar 29
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Andy Kahn
|
||||
@@ -208,6 +208,11 @@ The available subcommands are:
|
||||
|
||||
USAGE :cs show
|
||||
|
||||
*:lcscope* *:lcs*
|
||||
This command is same as the ":cscope" command, except when the
|
||||
'cscopequickfix' option is set, the location list for the current window is
|
||||
used instead of the quickfix list to show the cscope results.
|
||||
|
||||
*:cstag* *E257* *E562*
|
||||
If you use cscope as well as ctags, |:cstag| allows you to search one or
|
||||
the other before making a jump. For example, you can choose to first
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
*if_mzsch.txt* For Vim version 7.0aa. Last change: 2006 Jan 05
|
||||
*if_mzsch.txt* For Vim version 7.0b. Last change: 2006 Mar 06
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Sergey Khorev
|
||||
@@ -166,7 +166,10 @@ interface.
|
||||
Common
|
||||
------
|
||||
(command {command-string}) Perform the vim ":Ex" style command.
|
||||
(eval {expr-string}) Evaluate the vim command string.
|
||||
(eval {expr-string}) Evaluate the vim expression to a string.
|
||||
A |List| is turned into a string by
|
||||
joining the items and inserting line
|
||||
breaks.
|
||||
NOTE clashes with MzScheme eval
|
||||
(range-start) Start/End of the range passed with
|
||||
(range-end) the Scheme command.
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
*if_ole.txt* For Vim version 7.0aa. Last change: 2005 Mar 29
|
||||
*if_ole.txt* For Vim version 7.0b. Last change: 2006 Mar 06
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Paul Moore
|
||||
@@ -77,7 +77,8 @@ Eval(expr) Evaluate an expression.
|
||||
|
||||
This method takes a single parameter, which is an expression in Vim's normal
|
||||
format (see |expression|). It returns a string, which is the result of
|
||||
evaluating the expression.
|
||||
evaluating the expression. A |List| is turned into a string by joining the
|
||||
items and inserting line breaks.
|
||||
|
||||
Examples (Visual Basic syntax) >
|
||||
Line20 = Vim.Eval("getline(20)")
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
*if_perl.txt* For Vim version 7.0aa. Last change: 2005 Oct 14
|
||||
*if_perl.txt* For Vim version 7.0b. Last change: 2006 Mar 06
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Sven Verdoolaege
|
||||
@@ -181,6 +181,8 @@ VIM::Eval({expr}) Evaluates {expr} and returns (success, val).
|
||||
value of internal |variables| x, and '$x' is equivalent
|
||||
to perl's $ENV{x}. All |functions| accessible from
|
||||
the command-line are valid for {expr}.
|
||||
A |List| is turned into a string by joining the items
|
||||
and inserting line breaks.
|
||||
|
||||
*perl-SetHeight*
|
||||
Window->SetHeight({height})
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
*if_pyth.txt* For Vim version 7.0aa. Last change: 2006 Jan 20
|
||||
*if_pyth.txt* For Vim version 7.0b. Last change: 2006 Jan 20
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Paul Moore
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
*if_ruby.txt* For Vim version 7.0aa. Last change: 2005 Oct 14
|
||||
*if_ruby.txt* For Vim version 7.0b. Last change: 2006 Mar 06
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Shugo Maeda
|
||||
@@ -117,6 +117,8 @@ VIM::command({cmd})
|
||||
VIM::evaluate({expr})
|
||||
Evaluates {expr} using the vim internal expression evaluator (see
|
||||
|expression|). Returns the expression result as a string.
|
||||
A |List| is turned into a string by joining the items and inserting
|
||||
line breaks.
|
||||
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
3. VIM::Buffer objects *ruby-buffer*
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
*if_sniff.txt* For Vim version 7.0aa. Last change: 2005 Mar 29
|
||||
*if_sniff.txt* For Vim version 7.0b. Last change: 2005 Mar 29
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
*if_tcl.txt* For Vim version 7.0aa. Last change: 2005 Oct 14
|
||||
*if_tcl.txt* For Vim version 7.0b. Last change: 2006 Mar 06
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Ingo Wilken
|
||||
@@ -133,7 +133,8 @@ Commands:
|
||||
Evaluates the expression {expr} using vim's internal expression
|
||||
evaluator (see |expression|). Any expression that queries a buffer
|
||||
or window property uses the current buffer/current window. Returns
|
||||
the result as a string.
|
||||
the result as a string. A |List| is turned into a string by joining
|
||||
the items and inserting line breaks.
|
||||
Examples: >
|
||||
set perl_available [::vim::expr has("perl")]
|
||||
< See also |tcl-window-expr| and |tcl-buffer-expr|.
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
*indent.txt* For Vim version 7.0aa. Last change: 2005 Aug 30
|
||||
*indent.txt* For Vim version 7.0b. Last change: 2005 Aug 30
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
*index.txt* For Vim version 7.0aa. Last change: 2006 Jan 26
|
||||
*index.txt* For Vim version 7.0b. Last change: 2006 Mar 24
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
|
||||
@@ -541,6 +541,9 @@ tag command action in Normal mode ~
|
||||
the cursor
|
||||
|CTRL-W_f| CTRL-W f split window and edit file name under the
|
||||
cursor
|
||||
|CTRL-W_F| CTRL-W F split window and edit file name under the
|
||||
cursor and jump to the line number
|
||||
following the file name.
|
||||
|CTRL-W_g_CTRL-]| CTRL-W g CTRL-] split window and do |:tjump| to tag under
|
||||
cursor
|
||||
|CTRL-W_g]| CTRL-W g ] split window and do |:tselect| for tag
|
||||
@@ -719,6 +722,9 @@ tag char note action in Normal mode ~
|
||||
word
|
||||
|gf| gf start editing the file whose name is under
|
||||
the cursor
|
||||
|gF| gF start editing the file whose name is under
|
||||
the cursor and jump to the line number
|
||||
following the filename.
|
||||
|gg| gg 1 cursor to line N, default first line
|
||||
|gh| gh start Select mode
|
||||
|gi| gi 2 like "i", but first move to the |'^| mark
|
||||
@@ -1069,6 +1075,7 @@ The commands are sorted on the non-optional part of their name.
|
||||
|:cNfile| :cNf[ile] go to last error in previous file
|
||||
|:cabbrev| :ca[bbrev] like ":abbreviate" but for Command-line mode
|
||||
|:cabclear| :cabc[lear] clear all abbreviations for Command-line mode
|
||||
|:caddbuffer| :caddb[uffer] add errors from buffer
|
||||
|:caddexpr| :cad[dexpr] add errors from expr
|
||||
|:caddfile| :caddf[ile] add error message to current quickfix list
|
||||
|:call| :cal[l] call a function
|
||||
@@ -1081,6 +1088,8 @@ The commands are sorted on the non-optional part of their name.
|
||||
|:cexpr| :cex[pr] read errors from expr and jump to first
|
||||
|:cfile| :cf[ile] read file with error messages and jump to first
|
||||
|:cfirst| :cfir[st] go to the specified error, default first one
|
||||
|:cgetbuffer| :cgetb[uffer] get errors from buffer
|
||||
|:cgetexpr| :cgete[xpr] get errors from expr
|
||||
|:cgetfile| :cg[etfile] read file with error messages
|
||||
|:changes| :cha[nges] print the change list
|
||||
|:chdir| :chd[ir] change directory
|
||||
@@ -1141,6 +1150,7 @@ The commands are sorted on the non-optional part of their name.
|
||||
|:dsearch| :ds[earch] list one #define
|
||||
|:dsplit| :dsp[lit] split window and jump to #define
|
||||
|:edit| :e[dit] edit a file
|
||||
|:earlier| :ea[rlier] go to older change, undo
|
||||
|:echo| :ec[ho] echoes the result of expressions
|
||||
|:echoerr| :echoe[rr] like :echo, show like an error and use history
|
||||
|:echohl| :echoh[l] set highlighting for echo commands
|
||||
@@ -1217,23 +1227,33 @@ The commands are sorted on the non-optional part of their name.
|
||||
|:lNfile| :lNf[ile] go to last entry in previous file
|
||||
|:list| :l[ist] print lines
|
||||
|:laddexpr| :lad[dexpr] add locations from expr
|
||||
|:laddbuffer| :laddb[uffer] add locations from buffer
|
||||
|:laddfile| :laddf[ile] add locations to current location list
|
||||
|:last| :la[st] go to the last file in the argument list
|
||||
|:language| :lan[guage] set the language (locale)
|
||||
|:later| :lat[er] go to newer change, redo
|
||||
|:lbuffer| :lb[uffer] parse locations and jump to first location
|
||||
|:lcd| :lc[d] change directory locally
|
||||
|:lchdir| :lch[dir] change directory locally
|
||||
|:lclose| :lcl[ose] close location window
|
||||
|:lcscope| :lcs[cope] like ":cscope" but uses location list
|
||||
|:left| :le[ft] left align lines
|
||||
|:leftabove| :lefta[bove] make split window appear left or above
|
||||
|:let| :let assign a value to a variable or option
|
||||
|:lexpr| :lex[pr] read locations from expr and jump to first
|
||||
|:lfile| :lf[ile] read file with locations and jump to first
|
||||
|:lfirst| :lfir[st] go to the specified location, default first one
|
||||
|:lgetbuffer| :lgetb[uffer] get locations from buffer
|
||||
|:lgetexpr| :lgete[xpr] get locations from expr
|
||||
|:lgetfile| :lg[etfile] read file with locations
|
||||
|:lgrep| :lgr[ep] run 'grepprg' and jump to first match
|
||||
|:lgrepadd| :lgrepa[dd] like :grep, but append to current list
|
||||
|:lhelpgrep| :lh[elpgrep] like ":helpgrep" but uses location list
|
||||
|:ll| :ll go to specific location
|
||||
|:llast| :lla[st] go to the specified location, default last one
|
||||
|:llist| :lli[st] list all locations
|
||||
|:lmake| :lmak[e] execute external command 'makeprg' and parse
|
||||
error messages
|
||||
|:lmap| :lm[ap] like ":map!" but includes Lang-Arg mode
|
||||
|:lmapclear| :lmapc[lear] like ":mapclear!" but includes Lang-Arg mode
|
||||
|:lnext| :lne[xt] go to next location
|
||||
@@ -1253,6 +1273,8 @@ The commands are sorted on the non-optional part of their name.
|
||||
|:ltag| :lt[ag] jump to tag and add matching tags to the
|
||||
location list
|
||||
|:lunmap| :lu[nmap] like ":unmap!" but includes Lang-Arg mode
|
||||
|:lvimgrep| :lv[imgrep] search for pattern in files
|
||||
|:lvimgrepadd| :lvimgrepa[dd] like :vimgrep, but append to current list
|
||||
|:lwindow| :lw[indow] open or close location window
|
||||
|:move| :m[ove] move lines
|
||||
|:mark| :ma[rk] set a mark
|
||||
@@ -1295,7 +1317,7 @@ The commands are sorted on the non-optional part of their name.
|
||||
|:omap| :om[ap] like ":map" but for Operator-pending mode
|
||||
|:omapclear| :omapc[lear] remove all mappings for Operator-pending mode
|
||||
|:omenu| :ome[nu] add menu for Operator-pending mode
|
||||
|:only| :on[ly] close all windows except current one
|
||||
|:only| :on[ly] close all windows except the current one
|
||||
|:onoremap| :ono[remap] like ":noremap" but for Operator-pending mode
|
||||
|:onoremenu| :onoreme[nu] like ":noremenu" but for Operator-pending mode
|
||||
|:options| :opt[ions] open the options-window
|
||||
@@ -1395,15 +1417,22 @@ The commands are sorted on the non-optional part of their name.
|
||||
|:slast| :sla[st] split window and go to last file in the
|
||||
argument list
|
||||
|:smagic| :sm[agic] :substitute with 'magic'
|
||||
|:smap| :sma[p] like ":map" but for Select mode
|
||||
|:smapclear| :smapc[lear] remove all mappings for Select mode
|
||||
|:smenu| :sme[nu] add menu for Select mode
|
||||
|:snext| :sn[ext] split window and go to next file in the
|
||||
argument list
|
||||
|:sniff| :sni[ff] send request to sniff
|
||||
|:snomagic| :sno[magic] :substitute with 'nomagic'
|
||||
|:snoremap| :snor[emap] like ":noremap" but for Select mode
|
||||
|:snoremenu| :snoreme[nu] like ":noremenu" but for Select mode
|
||||
|:sort| :sor[t] sort lines
|
||||
|:source| :so[urce] read Vim or Ex commands from a file
|
||||
|:spelldump| :spelld[ump] split window and fill with all correct words
|
||||
|:spellgood| :spe[llgood] add good word for spelling
|
||||
|:spellinfo| :spelli[nfo] show info about loaded spell files
|
||||
|:spellrepall| :spellr[epall] replace all bad words like last |z=|
|
||||
|:spellundo| :spellu[ndo] remove good or bad word
|
||||
|:spellwrong| :spellw[rong] add spelling mistake
|
||||
|:split| :sp[lit] split current window
|
||||
|:sprevious| :spr[evious] split window and go to previous file in the
|
||||
@@ -1419,6 +1448,8 @@ The commands are sorted on the non-optional part of their name.
|
||||
|:stjump| :stj[ump] do ":tjump" and split window
|
||||
|:stselect| :sts[elect] do ":tselect" and split window
|
||||
|:sunhide| :sun[hide] same as ":unhide"
|
||||
|:sunmap| :sunm[ap] like ":unmap" but for Select mode
|
||||
|:sunmenu| :sunme[nu] remove menu for Select mode
|
||||
|:suspend| :sus[pend] same as ":stop"
|
||||
|:sview| :sv[iew] split window and edit file read-only
|
||||
|:swapname| :sw[apname] show the name of the current swap file
|
||||
@@ -1426,6 +1457,21 @@ The commands are sorted on the non-optional part of their name.
|
||||
|:syncbind| :sync[bind] sync scroll binding
|
||||
|:t| :t same as ":copy"
|
||||
|:tNext| :tN[ext] jump to previous matching tag
|
||||
|:tabNext| :tabN[ext] go to previous tab page
|
||||
|:tabclose| :tabc[lose] close current tab page
|
||||
|:tabdo| :tabdo execute command in each tab page
|
||||
|:tabedit| :tabe[dit] edit a file in a new tab page
|
||||
|:tabfind| :tabf[ind] find file in 'path', edit it in a new tab page
|
||||
|:tabfirst| :tabfir[st] got to first tab page
|
||||
|:tablast| :tabl[ast] got to last tab page
|
||||
|:tabmove| :tabm[ove] move tab page to other position
|
||||
|:tabnew| :tabnew edit a file in a new tab page
|
||||
|:tabnext| :tabn[ext] go to next tab page
|
||||
|:tabonly| :tabo[nly] close all tab pages except the current one
|
||||
|:tabprevious| :tabp[revious] go to previous tab page
|
||||
|:tabrewind| :tabr[ewind] got to first tab page
|
||||
|:tabs| :tabs list the tab pages and what they contain
|
||||
|:tab| :tab create new tab when opening new window
|
||||
|:tag| :ta[g] jump to tag
|
||||
|:tags| :tags show the contents of the tag stack
|
||||
|:tcl| :tc[l] execute Tcl command
|
||||
@@ -1446,6 +1492,8 @@ The commands are sorted on the non-optional part of their name.
|
||||
|:tselect| :ts[elect] list matching tags and select one
|
||||
|:tunmenu| :tu[nmenu] remove menu tooltip
|
||||
|:undo| :u[ndo] undo last change(s)
|
||||
|:undojoin| :undoj[oin] join next change with previous undo block
|
||||
|:undolist| :undol[ist] list leafs of the undo tree
|
||||
|:unabbreviate| :una[bbreviate] remove abbreviation
|
||||
|:unhide| :unh[ide] open a window for each loaded file in the
|
||||
buffer list
|
||||
@@ -1463,15 +1511,15 @@ The commands are sorted on the non-optional part of their name.
|
||||
|:visual| :vi[sual] same as ":edit", but turns off "Ex" mode
|
||||
|:viusage| :viu[sage] overview of Normal mode commands
|
||||
|:view| :vie[w] edit a file read-only
|
||||
|:vmap| :vm[ap] like ":map" but for Visual mode
|
||||
|:vmapclear| :vmapc[lear] remove all mappings for Visual mode
|
||||
|:vmenu| :vme[nu] add menu for Visual mode
|
||||
|:vnoremap| :vn[oremap] like ":noremap" but for Visual mode
|
||||
|:vmap| :vm[ap] like ":map" but for Visual+Select mode
|
||||
|:vmapclear| :vmapc[lear] remove all mappings for Visual+Select mode
|
||||
|:vmenu| :vme[nu] add menu for Visual+Select mode
|
||||
|:vnew| :vne[w] create a new empty window, vertically split
|
||||
|:vnoremenu| :vnoreme[nu] like ":noremenu" but for Visual mode
|
||||
|:vnoremap| :vn[oremap] like ":noremap" but for Visual+Select mode
|
||||
|:vnoremenu| :vnoreme[nu] like ":noremenu" but for Visual+Select mode
|
||||
|:vsplit| :vs[plit] split current window vertically
|
||||
|:vunmap| :vu[nmap] like ":unmap" but for Visual mode
|
||||
|:vunmenu| :vunme[nu] remove menu for Visual mode
|
||||
|:vunmap| :vu[nmap] like ":unmap" but for Visual+Select mode
|
||||
|:vunmenu| :vunme[nu] remove menu for Visual+Select mode
|
||||
|:windo| :windo execute command in each window
|
||||
|:write| :w[rite] write to a file
|
||||
|:wNext| :wN[ext] write to a file and go to previous file in
|
||||
@@ -1491,8 +1539,16 @@ The commands are sorted on the non-optional part of their name.
|
||||
|:wviminfo| :wv[iminfo] write to viminfo file
|
||||
|:xit| :x[it] write if buffer changed and quit window or Vim
|
||||
|:xall| :xa[ll] same as ":wqall"
|
||||
|:xmapclear| :xmapc[lear] remove all mappings for Visual mode
|
||||
|:xmap| :xm[ap] like ":map" but for Visual mode
|
||||
|:xmenu| :xme[nu] add menu for Visual mode
|
||||
|:xnoremap| :xn[oremap] like ":noremap" but for Visual mode
|
||||
|:xnoremenu| :xnoreme[nu] like ":noremenu" but for Visual mode
|
||||
|:xunmap| :xu[nmap] like ":unmap" but for Visual mode
|
||||
|:xunmenu| :xunme[nu] remove menu for Visual mode
|
||||
|:yank| :y[ank] yank lines into a register
|
||||
|:z| :z print some lines
|
||||
|:~| :~ repeat last ":substitute"
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
vim:tw=78:ts=8:ft=help:norl:
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
*insert.txt* For Vim version 7.0aa. Last change: 2006 Jan 30
|
||||
*insert.txt* For Vim version 7.0b. Last change: 2006 Mar 21
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
|
||||
@@ -126,8 +126,13 @@ CTRL-R {0-9a-z"%#*+:.-=} *i_CTRL-R*
|
||||
'=' the expression register: you are prompted to
|
||||
enter an expression (see |expression|)
|
||||
Note that 0x80 (128 decimal) is used for
|
||||
special keys, use CTRL-R CTRL-R to insert it
|
||||
literally.
|
||||
special keys. E.g., you can use this to move
|
||||
the cursor up:
|
||||
CTRL-R ="\<Up>"
|
||||
Use CTRL-R CTRL-R to insert text literally.
|
||||
When the result is a |List| the items are used
|
||||
as lines. They can have line breaks inside
|
||||
too.
|
||||
See |registers| about registers. {not in Vi}
|
||||
|
||||
CTRL-R CTRL-R {0-9a-z"%#*+/:.-=} *i_CTRL-R_CTRL-R*
|
||||
@@ -422,7 +427,7 @@ When 'textwidth' and 'wrapmargin' are both set, 'textwidth' is used.
|
||||
If you don't really want to break the line, but view the line wrapped at a
|
||||
convenient place, see the 'linebreak' option.
|
||||
|
||||
The line is only broken automatically when using insert mode, or when
|
||||
The line is only broken automatically when using Insert mode, or when
|
||||
appending to a line. When in replace mode and the line length is not
|
||||
changed, the line will not be broken.
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -438,6 +443,10 @@ characters to the 'formatoptions' option:
|
||||
current insert command. Only differs from "l" when entering non-white
|
||||
characters while crossing the 'textwidth' boundary.
|
||||
|
||||
Normally an internal function will be used to decide where to break the line.
|
||||
If you want to do it in a different way set the 'formatexpr' option to an
|
||||
expression that will take care of the line break.
|
||||
|
||||
If you want to format a block of text, you can use the "gq" operator. Type
|
||||
"gq" and a movement command to move the cursor to the end of the block. In
|
||||
many cases, the command "gq}" will do what you want (format until the end of
|
||||
@@ -622,8 +631,8 @@ CTRL-X CTRL-L Search backwards for a line that starts with the
|
||||
the cursor. Indent is ignored. The matching line is
|
||||
inserted in front of the cursor.
|
||||
The 'complete' option is used to decide which buffers
|
||||
are searched for a match. Only loaded buffers are
|
||||
used.
|
||||
are searched for a match. Both loaded and unloaded
|
||||
buffers are used.
|
||||
CTRL-L or
|
||||
CTRL-P Search backwards for next matching line. This line
|
||||
replaces the previous matching line.
|
||||
@@ -956,39 +965,68 @@ FUNCTIONS FOR FINDING COMPLETIONS *complete-functions*
|
||||
|
||||
This applies to 'completefunc' and 'omnifunc'.
|
||||
|
||||
The function will be invoked with two arguments. First the function is called
|
||||
to find the start of the text to be completed. Secondly the function is
|
||||
called to actually find the matches.
|
||||
The function is called in two different ways:
|
||||
- First the function is called to find the start of the text to be completed.
|
||||
- Later the function is called to actually find the matches.
|
||||
|
||||
On the first invocation the arguments are:
|
||||
a:findstart 1
|
||||
a:base empty
|
||||
|
||||
The function must return the column of where the completion starts. It must
|
||||
be a number between zero and the cursor column "col('.')". This involves
|
||||
looking at the characters just before the cursor and including those
|
||||
characters that could be part of the completed item. The text between this
|
||||
column and the cursor column will be replaced with the matches. Return -1 if
|
||||
no completion can be done.
|
||||
The function must return the column where the completion starts. It must be a
|
||||
number between zero and the cursor column "col('.')". This involves looking
|
||||
at the characters just before the cursor and including those characters that
|
||||
could be part of the completed item. The text between this column and the
|
||||
cursor column will be replaced with the matches. Return -1 if no completion
|
||||
can be done.
|
||||
|
||||
On the second invocation the arguments are:
|
||||
a:findstart 0
|
||||
a:base the text with which matches should match, what was
|
||||
a:base the text with which matches should match; the text that was
|
||||
located in the first call (can be empty)
|
||||
|
||||
The function must return a List with the matching words. These matches
|
||||
usually include the "a:base" text. When there are no matches return an empty
|
||||
List. When one of the items in the list cannot be used as a string (e.g., a
|
||||
Dictionary) then an error message is given and further items in the list are
|
||||
not used.
|
||||
List.
|
||||
*complete-items*
|
||||
Each list item can either be a string or a Dictionary. When it is a string it
|
||||
is used as the completion. When it is a Dictionary it can contain these
|
||||
items:
|
||||
word the completion, mandatory
|
||||
abbr abbreviation of "word", to be used in the menu
|
||||
menu extra text for the popup menu
|
||||
info more information about the item
|
||||
kind single letter indicating the type of completion
|
||||
icase when non-zero case is to be ignored; when omitted
|
||||
the 'ignorecase' option is used
|
||||
|
||||
All of these except 'icase' must be a string. If an item does not meet these
|
||||
requirements then an error message is given and further items in the list are
|
||||
not used. You can mix string and Dictionary items in the returned list.
|
||||
|
||||
The "menu" item is used in the popup menu and may be truncated, thus it should
|
||||
be relatively short. The "info" item can be longer, it will be displayed in
|
||||
the preview window when "preview" appears in 'completeopt'. The "info" item
|
||||
will also remain displayed after the popup menu has been removed. This is
|
||||
useful for function arguments.
|
||||
|
||||
The "kind" item uses a single letter to indicate the kind of completion. This
|
||||
may be used to show the completion differently (different color or icon).
|
||||
Currently these types can be used:
|
||||
v variable
|
||||
f function or method
|
||||
m member of a struct or class
|
||||
t typedef
|
||||
d #define or macro
|
||||
|
||||
When searching for matches takes some time call |complete_add()| to add each
|
||||
match to the total list. These matches should then not appear in the returned
|
||||
list! Call |complete_check()| now and then to allow the user to press a key
|
||||
while still searching for matches. Stop searching when it returns non-zero.
|
||||
|
||||
The function may move the cursor, it is restored afterwards. This option
|
||||
cannot be set from a |modeline| or in the |sandbox|, for security reasons.
|
||||
The function is allowed to move the cursor, it is restored afterwards. This
|
||||
option cannot be set from a |modeline| or in the |sandbox|, for security
|
||||
reasons.
|
||||
|
||||
An example that completes the names of the months: >
|
||||
fun! CompleteMonths(findstart, base)
|
||||
@@ -1045,16 +1083,56 @@ INSERT COMPLETION POPUP MENU *ins-completion-menu*
|
||||
Vim can display the matches in a simplistic popup menu.
|
||||
|
||||
The menu is used when:
|
||||
- The 'completeopt' option contains "menu".
|
||||
- The 'completeopt' option contains "menu" or "menuone".
|
||||
- The terminal supports at least 8 colors.
|
||||
- There are at least two matches.
|
||||
|
||||
While the menu is displayed these keys have a special meaning:
|
||||
<CR> and <Enter>: Accept the currently selected match
|
||||
<Up>: Select the previous match, as if CTRL-P was used
|
||||
<Down>: Select the next match, as if CTRL-N was used
|
||||
<PageUp>: Select a match several entries back
|
||||
<PageDown>: Select a match several entries further
|
||||
The 'pumheight' option can be used to set a maximum height. The default is to
|
||||
use all space available.
|
||||
|
||||
There are two states:
|
||||
1. A complete match has been inserted.
|
||||
2. Only part of a match has been inserted.
|
||||
|
||||
You normally start in the first state, with the first match being inserted.
|
||||
When "longest" is in 'completeopt' and there is more than one match you start
|
||||
in the second state.
|
||||
|
||||
If you select another match, e.g., with CTRL-N or CTRL-P, you go from the
|
||||
second to the first state. This doesn't change the list of matches.
|
||||
|
||||
When you are back at the original text then you are in the second state. To
|
||||
get there right away you can use a mapping that uses CTRL-P right after
|
||||
starting the completion: >
|
||||
:imap <F7> <C-N><C-P>
|
||||
<
|
||||
*popupmenu-keys*
|
||||
In the first state these keys have a special meaning:
|
||||
<BS> and CTRL-H Delete one character, find the matches for the word before
|
||||
the cursor. This reduces the list of matches, often to one
|
||||
entry, and switches to the second state.
|
||||
|
||||
In the second state these keys have a special meaning:
|
||||
<BS> and CTRL-H Delete one character, find the matches for the shorter word
|
||||
before the cursor. This may find more matches.
|
||||
CTRL-L Add one character from the current match, may reduce the
|
||||
number of matches.
|
||||
any printable, non-white character:
|
||||
Add this character and reduce the number of matches.
|
||||
|
||||
In both states these can be used:
|
||||
<CR> and <Enter> Accept the currently selected match and stop completion.
|
||||
<PageUp> Select a match several entries back, but don't insert it.
|
||||
<PageDown> Select a match several entries further, but don't insert it.
|
||||
<Up> Select the previous match, as if CTRL-P was used, but don't
|
||||
insert it.
|
||||
<Down> Select the next match, as if CTRL-N was used, but don't
|
||||
insert it.
|
||||
Any other character:
|
||||
Stop completion without changing the match and insert the
|
||||
typed character. Note that typing a space or <Tab> will
|
||||
work in both states.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
The colors of the menu can be changed with these highlight groups:
|
||||
Pmenu normal item |hl-Pmenu|
|
||||
@@ -1062,8 +1140,28 @@ PmenuSel selected item |hl-PmenuSel|
|
||||
PmenuSbar scrollbar |hl-PmenuSbar|
|
||||
PmenuThumb thumb of the scrollbar |hl-PmenuThumb|
|
||||
|
||||
There are no special mappings for when the popup menu is visible. However,
|
||||
you can use an Insert mode mapping that checks the |pumvisible()| function to
|
||||
do something different. Example: >
|
||||
:inoremap <Down> <C-R>=pumvisible() ? "\<lt>C-N>" : "\<lt>Down>"<CR>
|
||||
|
||||
Filetype-specific remarks for omni completion *compl-omni-filetypes*
|
||||
You can use of <expr> in mapping to have the popup menu used when typing a
|
||||
character and some condition is met. For example, for typing a dot: >
|
||||
inoremap <expr> . MayComplete()
|
||||
func MayComplete()
|
||||
if (can complete)
|
||||
return ".\<C-X>\<C-O>"
|
||||
endif
|
||||
return '.'
|
||||
endfunc
|
||||
|
||||
See |:map-<expr>| for more info.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
FILETYPE-SPECIFIC REMARKS FOR OMNI COMPLETION *compl-omni-filetypes*
|
||||
|
||||
The file used for {filetype} should be autoload/{filetype}complete.vim
|
||||
in 'runtimepath'. Thus for "java" it is autoload/javacomplete.vim.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
C *ft-c-omni*
|
||||
@@ -1072,7 +1170,9 @@ Completion of C code requires a tags file. You should use Exuberant ctags,
|
||||
because it adds extra information that is needed for completion. You can find
|
||||
it here: http://ctags.sourceforge.net/
|
||||
For version 5.5.4 you should add a patch that adds the "typename:" field:
|
||||
ftp://ftp.vim.org/pub/vim/unstable/patches/ctags-5.5.4.patch
|
||||
ftp://ftp.vim.org/pub/vim/unstable/patches/ctags-5.5.4.patch
|
||||
A compiled .exe for MS-Windows can be found at:
|
||||
http://georgevreilly.com/vim/ctags.html
|
||||
|
||||
If you want to complete system functions you can do something like this. Use
|
||||
ctags to generate a tags file for all the system header files: >
|
||||
@@ -1104,47 +1204,50 @@ Complete properties and their appropriate values according to CSS 2.1
|
||||
specification.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
(X)HTML *ft-html-omni*
|
||||
HTML and XHTML *ft-html-omni*
|
||||
*ft-xhtml-omni*
|
||||
|
||||
CTRL-X CTRL-O provides completion of various elements of (X)HTML files.
|
||||
It is designed to support writing of XHTML 1.0 Strict files but will
|
||||
also works for other versions of HTML. Features:
|
||||
CTRL-X CTRL-O provides completion of various elements of (X)HTML files. It is
|
||||
designed to support writing of XHTML 1.0 Strict files but will also works for
|
||||
other versions of HTML. Features:
|
||||
|
||||
- after "<" complete tag name depending on context (no div suggest
|
||||
inside of an a tag)
|
||||
- inside of tag complete proper attributes (no width attribute for an
|
||||
a tag)
|
||||
- when attribute has limited number of possible values help to complete
|
||||
them
|
||||
- after "<" complete tag name depending on context (no div suggestion inside
|
||||
of an a tag); '/>' indicates empty tags
|
||||
- inside of tag complete proper attributes (no width attribute for an a tag);
|
||||
show also type of attribute; '*' indicates required attributes
|
||||
- when attribute has limited number of possible values help to complete them
|
||||
- complete names of entities
|
||||
- complete values of "class" and "id" attributes with data obtained from
|
||||
style tag and included CSS files
|
||||
- when completing "style" attribute or working inside of "style" tag
|
||||
<style> tag and included CSS files
|
||||
- when completing value of "style" attribute or working inside of "style" tag
|
||||
switch to |ft-css-omni| completion
|
||||
- when completing values of events attributes or working inside of "script"
|
||||
tag switch to |ft-javascript-omni| completion
|
||||
- when used after "</" CTRL-X CTRL-O will close the last opened tag
|
||||
|
||||
Note: When used first time completion menu will be shown with little delay
|
||||
- this is time needed for loading of data file.
|
||||
- this is time needed for loading of data file.
|
||||
Note: Completion may fail in badly formatted documents. In such case try to
|
||||
run |:make| command to detect formatting problems.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
JAVASCRIPT *ft-javascript-omni*
|
||||
|
||||
Completion of most elements of JavaScript language and HTML DOM.
|
||||
Completion of most elements of JavaScript language and DOM elements.
|
||||
|
||||
Complete:
|
||||
|
||||
- variables
|
||||
- function name
|
||||
- function name; show function arguments
|
||||
- function arguments
|
||||
- properties of variables trying to detect type of variable
|
||||
- complete HTML DOM objects and properties depending on context
|
||||
- complete DOM objects and properties depending on context
|
||||
- keywords of language
|
||||
|
||||
Completion works in separate JavaScript files (&ft==javascript) and inside of
|
||||
<script> tag of (X)HTML. Note: scanning will be only in scope of current tag.
|
||||
At the moment separate files are not taken into account.
|
||||
|
||||
Completion works in separate JavaScript files (&ft==javascript), inside of
|
||||
<script> tag of (X)HTML and in values of event attributes (including scanning
|
||||
of external files.
|
||||
|
||||
DOM compatibility
|
||||
|
||||
At the moment (beginning of 2006) there are two main browsers - MS Internet
|
||||
@@ -1164,23 +1267,92 @@ both major engines implemented element, even if this is not in standards it
|
||||
will be suggested. All other elements are not placed in suggestion list.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
PHP *ft-php-omni*
|
||||
|
||||
Completion of PHP code requires tags file for completion of data from external
|
||||
files. You should use Exuberant ctags version 5.5.4 or newer. You can find it
|
||||
here: http://ctags.sourceforge.net/
|
||||
|
||||
Script completes:
|
||||
|
||||
- after $ variables name
|
||||
- if variable was declared as object add "->", if tags file is available show
|
||||
name of class
|
||||
|
||||
- function names with additonal info:
|
||||
- in case of built-in functions list of possible arguments and after | type
|
||||
data returned by function
|
||||
- in case of user function arguments and name of file were function was
|
||||
defined (if it is not current file)
|
||||
|
||||
- constants names
|
||||
- class names after "new" declaration
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Note: when doing completion first time Vim will load all necessary data into
|
||||
memory. It may take several seconds. After next use of completion delay
|
||||
should not be noticeable.
|
||||
|
||||
Script detects if cursor is inside <?php ?> tags. If it is outside it will
|
||||
automatically switch to HTML/CSS/JavaScript completion. Note: contrary to
|
||||
original HTML files completion of tags (and only tags) isn't context aware.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
SYNTAX *ft-syntax-omni*
|
||||
|
||||
This uses the current syntax highlighting for completion. It can be used for
|
||||
any filetype and provides a minimal language-sensitive completion.
|
||||
|
||||
To enable code completion do: >
|
||||
source $VIMRUNTIME/autoload/syntaxcomplete.vim
|
||||
To enable syntax code completion you can run: >
|
||||
setlocal omnifunc=syntaxcomplete#Complete
|
||||
|
||||
You can automate this by placing this in your vimrc (after any ":filetype"
|
||||
command): >
|
||||
autocmd Filetype *
|
||||
\ if exists('&ofu') && &ofu == "" |
|
||||
\ source $VIMRUNTIME/autoload/syntaxcomplete.vim |
|
||||
\ endif
|
||||
You can automate this by placing the following in your vimrc (after any
|
||||
":filetype" command): >
|
||||
if has("autocmd") && exists("+omnifunc")
|
||||
autocmd Filetype *
|
||||
\ if &omnifunc == "" |
|
||||
\ setlocal omnifunc=syntaxcomplete#Complete |
|
||||
\ endif
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
The above will set completion to this script only if a proper one does not
|
||||
already exist for that filetype.
|
||||
The above will set completion to this script only if a specific plugin does
|
||||
not already exist for that filetype.
|
||||
|
||||
Each filetype can have a wide range of syntax items. The plugin allows you to
|
||||
customize which syntax groups to include or exclude from the list. Let's have
|
||||
a look at the PHP filetype to see how this works.
|
||||
|
||||
If you edit a file called, index.php, run the following command: >
|
||||
:syntax list
|
||||
|
||||
First thing you will notice is there are many different syntax groups. The
|
||||
PHP language can include elements from different languages like HTML,
|
||||
JavaScript and many more. The syntax plugin will only include syntax groups
|
||||
that begin with the filetype, "php", in this case. For example these syntax
|
||||
groups are included by default with the PHP: phpEnvVar, phpIntVar,
|
||||
phpFunctions.
|
||||
|
||||
The PHP language has an enormous number of items which it knows how to syntax
|
||||
highlight. This means these items will be available within the omni
|
||||
completion list. Some people may find this list unwieldy or are only
|
||||
interested in certain items.
|
||||
|
||||
There are two ways to prune this list (if necessary). If you find certain
|
||||
syntax groups you do not wish displayed you can add the following to your
|
||||
vimrc: >
|
||||
let g:omni_syntax_group_exclude_php = 'phpCoreConstant,phpConstant'
|
||||
|
||||
Add as many syntax groups to this list by comma separating them. The basic
|
||||
form of this variable is: >
|
||||
let g:omni_syntax_group_exclude_{filetype} = 'comma,separated,list'
|
||||
|
||||
For completeness the opposite is also true. Creating this variable in your
|
||||
vimrc will only include the items in the phpFunctions and phpMethods syntax
|
||||
groups: >
|
||||
let g:omni_syntax_group_include_php = 'phpFunctions,phpMethods'
|
||||
|
||||
You can create as many of these variables as you need, varying only the
|
||||
filetype at the end of the variable name.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
XML *ft-xml-omni*
|
||||
@@ -1203,7 +1375,7 @@ Format of XML data file *xml-omni-datafile*
|
||||
|
||||
Vim distribution provides two data files as examples (xhtml10s.vim, xsl.vim)
|
||||
|
||||
XML data files are stored in "autoload/xml" directory in 'runtimepath'. They
|
||||
XML data files are stored in "autoload/xml" directory in 'runtimepath'. They
|
||||
have meaningful name which will be used in commands. It should be unique name
|
||||
which will not create conflicts in future. For example name xhtml10s.vim means
|
||||
it is data file for XHTML 1.0 Strict.
|
||||
@@ -1217,9 +1389,9 @@ compound from two parts:
|
||||
Part two must be exactly the same as name of file.
|
||||
|
||||
Variable is data structure in form of |Dictionary|. Keys are tag names and
|
||||
values are two element |List|. First element of List is also List with
|
||||
names of possible children, second element is |Dictionary| with names of
|
||||
attributes as keys and possible values of attributes as values. Example: >
|
||||
values are two element |List|. First element of List is also List with names
|
||||
of possible children, second element is |Dictionary| with names of attributes
|
||||
as keys and possible values of attributes as values. Example: >
|
||||
|
||||
let g:xmldata_crippledhtml = {
|
||||
\ "html":
|
||||
@@ -1231,21 +1403,31 @@ attributes as keys and possible values of attributes as values. Example: >
|
||||
\ "meta":
|
||||
\ [ [], {"id": [], "http-equiv": [], "name": [], "content": [], "scheme":
|
||||
\ [], "lang": [], "xml:lang": [], "dir": ["ltr", "rtl"]}]
|
||||
\ "vimxmlentities": ["amp", "lt", "gt", "apos", "quot"]}
|
||||
\ "vimxmlentities": ["amp", "lt", "gt", "apos", "quot"]},
|
||||
\ "vimxmltaginfo": {
|
||||
\ 'meta': ['/>', '']},
|
||||
\ "vimxmlattrinfo": {
|
||||
\ 'http-equiv': ['ContentType', '']}
|
||||
|
||||
This example should be put in "autoload/xml/crippledhtml.vim" file.
|
||||
|
||||
In example are visible two special elements:
|
||||
In example are visible four special elements:
|
||||
|
||||
1. "vimxmlentities" - special key with List containing entities of this XML
|
||||
dialect.
|
||||
2. "BOOL" - value of attribute key showing if attribute should be inserted
|
||||
bare ("defer" vs. 'defer="'). It can be the only element of List of
|
||||
attribute values.
|
||||
3. "vimxmltaginfo" - special key with dictionary containing as key tag names,
|
||||
as value two element List for additional menu info and long description.
|
||||
4. "vimxmlattrinfo" - special key with dictionary containing as key attribute
|
||||
names, as value two element List for additional menu info and long
|
||||
description.
|
||||
|
||||
Note: Tag names in data file MUST not contain namespace description. Check
|
||||
xsl.vim for example.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Commands
|
||||
|
||||
:XMLns {name} [{namespace}] *:XMLns*
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
*intro.txt* For Vim version 7.0aa. Last change: 2005 Sep 01
|
||||
*intro.txt* For Vim version 7.0b. Last change: 2005 Sep 01
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ NR == 1 { nf=split(FILENAME,f,".")
|
||||
print "<H1>Vim documentation: " f[1] "</H1>";
|
||||
print "<A NAME=\"top\"></A>";
|
||||
if ( FILENAME != "help.txt" ) {
|
||||
print "<A HREF=\"help.html\">main help file</A>\n";
|
||||
print "<A HREF=\"index.html\">main help file</A>\n";
|
||||
}
|
||||
print "<HR>";
|
||||
print "<PRE>";
|
||||
@@ -244,7 +244,15 @@ npipe > 2 && nstar < 3 {
|
||||
find_tag1();
|
||||
}
|
||||
else {
|
||||
if ( f[1] == "index" ) {
|
||||
printf "|<A HREF=\"vimindex.html\">" p[i] "</A>|";
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
if ( f[1] == "help" ) {
|
||||
printf "|<A HREF=\"index.html\">" p[i] "</A>|";
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
printf "|<A HREF=\"" f[1] ".html\">" p[i] "</A>|";
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -373,13 +381,12 @@ END {
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# as main we keep index.txt (by default)
|
||||
# other candidate, help.txt
|
||||
#
|
||||
function topback () {
|
||||
if ( FILENAME != "tags" ) {
|
||||
if ( FILENAME != "help.txt" ) {
|
||||
printf("<A HREF=\"#top\">top</A> - ");
|
||||
printf("<A HREF=\"help.html\">main help file</A>\n");
|
||||
printf("<A HREF=\"index.html\">main help file</A>\n");
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
printf("<A HREF=\"#top\">top</A>\n");
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -581,7 +588,7 @@ function find_tag2() {
|
||||
ntags=split(atag,blata,"[ ]");
|
||||
if ( ntags > 1 ) { return; }
|
||||
if ( ( allow_one_char == "no" ) && \
|
||||
( index("!#$%\&'()+,-./0:;=?@ACINX\\[\\]^_`at\\{\\}~",atag) !=0 ) ) {
|
||||
( index("!#$%&'()+,-./0:;=?@ACINX\\[\\]^_`at\\{\\}~",atag) !=0 ) ) {
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if ( skip_word[atag] == "yes" ) { return; }
|
||||
@@ -610,7 +617,7 @@ function find_tag3() {
|
||||
ntags=split(btag,blata,"[ ]");
|
||||
if ( ntags > 1 ) { return; }
|
||||
if ( ( allow_one_char == "no" ) && \
|
||||
( index("!#$%\&'()+,-./0:;=?@ACINX\\[\\]^_`at\\{\\}~",btag) !=0 ) ) {
|
||||
( index("!#$%&'()+,-./0:;=?@ACINX\\[\\]^_`at\\{\\}~",btag) !=0 ) ) {
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if ( skip_word[btag] == "yes" ) { return; }
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
*map.txt* For Vim version 7.0aa. Last change: 2006 Jan 13
|
||||
*map.txt* For Vim version 7.0b. Last change: 2006 Mar 20
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
|
||||
@@ -45,42 +45,48 @@ modes.
|
||||
{lhs} means left-hand-side *{lhs}*
|
||||
{rhs} means right-hand-side *{rhs}*
|
||||
|
||||
:map {lhs} {rhs} *:map*
|
||||
:nm[ap] {lhs} {rhs} *:nm* *:nmap*
|
||||
:vm[ap] {lhs} {rhs} *:vm* *:vmap*
|
||||
:om[ap] {lhs} {rhs} *:om* *:omap*
|
||||
:map! {lhs} {rhs} *:map!*
|
||||
:im[ap] {lhs} {rhs} *:im* *:imap*
|
||||
:lm[ap] {lhs} {rhs} *:lm* *:lmap*
|
||||
:cm[ap] {lhs} {rhs} *:cm* *:cmap*
|
||||
:map {lhs} {rhs} |mapmode-nvo| *:map*
|
||||
:nm[ap] {lhs} {rhs} |mapmode-n| *:nm* *:nmap*
|
||||
:vm[ap] {lhs} {rhs} |mapmode-v| *:vm* *:vmap*
|
||||
:xm[ap] {lhs} {rhs} |mapmode-x| *:xm* *:xmap*
|
||||
:smap {lhs} {rhs} |mapmode-s| *:smap*
|
||||
:om[ap] {lhs} {rhs} |mapmode-o| *:om* *:omap*
|
||||
:map! {lhs} {rhs} |mapmode-ic| *:map!*
|
||||
:im[ap] {lhs} {rhs} |mapmode-i| *:im* *:imap*
|
||||
:lm[ap] {lhs} {rhs} |mapmode-l| *:lm* *:lmap*
|
||||
:cm[ap] {lhs} {rhs} |mapmode-c| *:cm* *:cmap*
|
||||
Map the key sequence {lhs} to {rhs} for the modes
|
||||
where the map command applies. The result, including
|
||||
{rhs}, is then further scanned for mappings. This
|
||||
allows for nested and recursive use of mappings.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
:no[remap] {lhs} {rhs} *:no* *:noremap*
|
||||
:nn[oremap] {lhs} {rhs} *:nn* *:nnoremap*
|
||||
:vn[oremap] {lhs} {rhs} *:vn* *:vnoremap*
|
||||
:ono[remap] {lhs} {rhs} *:ono* *:onoremap*
|
||||
:no[remap]! {lhs} {rhs} *:no!* *:noremap!*
|
||||
:ino[remap] {lhs} {rhs} *:ino* *:inoremap*
|
||||
:ln[oremap] {lhs} {rhs} *:ln* *:lnoremap*
|
||||
:cno[remap] {lhs} {rhs} *:cno* *:cnoremap*
|
||||
:no[remap] {lhs} {rhs} |mapmode-nvo| *:no* *:noremap*
|
||||
:nn[oremap] {lhs} {rhs} |mapmode-n| *:nn* *:nnoremap*
|
||||
:vn[oremap] {lhs} {rhs} |mapmode-v| *:vn* *:vnoremap*
|
||||
:xn[oremap] {lhs} {rhs} |mapmode-x| *:xn* *:xnoremap*
|
||||
:snor[emap] {lhs} {rhs} |mapmode-s| *:snor* *:snoremap*
|
||||
:ono[remap] {lhs} {rhs} |mapmode-o| *:ono* *:onoremap*
|
||||
:no[remap]! {lhs} {rhs} |mapmode-ic| *:no!* *:noremap!*
|
||||
:ino[remap] {lhs} {rhs} |mapmode-i| *:ino* *:inoremap*
|
||||
:ln[oremap] {lhs} {rhs} |mapmode-l| *:ln* *:lnoremap*
|
||||
:cno[remap] {lhs} {rhs} |mapmode-c| *:cno* *:cnoremap*
|
||||
Map the key sequence {lhs} to {rhs} for the modes
|
||||
where the map command applies. Disallow mapping of
|
||||
{rhs}, to avoid nested and recursive mappings. Often
|
||||
used to redefine a command. {not in Vi}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
:unm[ap] {lhs} *:unm* *:unmap*
|
||||
:nun[map] {lhs} *:nun* *:nunmap*
|
||||
:vu[nmap] {lhs} *:vu* *:vunmap*
|
||||
:ou[nmap] {lhs} *:ou* *:ounmap*
|
||||
:unm[ap]! {lhs} *:unm!* *:unmap!*
|
||||
:iu[nmap] {lhs} *:iu* *:iunmap*
|
||||
:lu[nmap] {lhs} *:lu* *:lunmap*
|
||||
:cu[nmap] {lhs} *:cu* *:cunmap*
|
||||
:unm[ap] {lhs} |mapmode-nvo| *:unm* *:unmap*
|
||||
:nun[map] {lhs} |mapmode-n| *:nun* *:nunmap*
|
||||
:vu[nmap] {lhs} |mapmode-v| *:vu* *:vunmap*
|
||||
:xu[nmap] {lhs} |mapmode-x| *:xu* *:xunmap*
|
||||
:sunm[ap] {lhs} |mapmode-s| *:sunm* *:sunmap*
|
||||
:ou[nmap] {lhs} |mapmode-o| *:ou* *:ounmap*
|
||||
:unm[ap]! {lhs} |mapmode-ic| *:unm!* *:unmap!*
|
||||
:iu[nmap] {lhs} |mapmode-i| *:iu* *:iunmap*
|
||||
:lu[nmap] {lhs} |mapmode-l| *:lu* *:lunmap*
|
||||
:cu[nmap] {lhs} |mapmode-c| *:cu* *:cunmap*
|
||||
Remove the mapping of {lhs} for the modes where the
|
||||
map command applies. The mapping may remain defined
|
||||
for other modes where it applies.
|
||||
@@ -89,38 +95,44 @@ modes.
|
||||
:map @@ foo
|
||||
:unmap @@ | print
|
||||
|
||||
:mapc[lear] *:mapc* *:mapclear*
|
||||
:nmapc[lear] *:nmapc* *:nmapclear*
|
||||
:vmapc[lear] *:vmapc* *:vmapclear*
|
||||
:omapc[lear] *:omapc* *:omapclear*
|
||||
:mapc[lear]! *:mapc!* *:mapclear!*
|
||||
:imapc[lear] *:imapc* *:imapclear*
|
||||
:lmapc[lear] *:lmapc* *:lmapclear*
|
||||
:cmapc[lear] *:cmapc* *:cmapclear*
|
||||
:mapc[lear] |mapmode-nvo| *:mapc* *:mapclear*
|
||||
:nmapc[lear] |mapmode-n| *:nmapc* *:nmapclear*
|
||||
:vmapc[lear] |mapmode-v| *:vmapc* *:vmapclear*
|
||||
:xmapc[lear] |mapmode-x| *:xmapc* *:xmapclear*
|
||||
:smapc[lear] |mapmode-s| *:smapc* *:smapclear*
|
||||
:omapc[lear] |mapmode-o| *:omapc* *:omapclear*
|
||||
:mapc[lear]! |mapmode-ic| *:mapc!* *:mapclear!*
|
||||
:imapc[lear] |mapmode-i| *:imapc* *:imapclear*
|
||||
:lmapc[lear] |mapmode-l| *:lmapc* *:lmapclear*
|
||||
:cmapc[lear] |mapmode-c| *:cmapc* *:cmapclear*
|
||||
Remove ALL mappings for the modes where the map
|
||||
command applies. {not in Vi}
|
||||
Warning: This also removes the default mappings.
|
||||
|
||||
:map
|
||||
:nm[ap]
|
||||
:vm[ap]
|
||||
:om[ap]
|
||||
:map!
|
||||
:im[ap]
|
||||
:lm[ap]
|
||||
:cm[ap]
|
||||
:map |mapmode-nvo|
|
||||
:nm[ap] |mapmode-n|
|
||||
:vm[ap] |mapmode-v|
|
||||
:xm[ap] |mapmode-x|
|
||||
:sm[ap] |mapmode-s|
|
||||
:om[ap] |mapmode-o|
|
||||
:map! |mapmode-ic|
|
||||
:im[ap] |mapmode-i|
|
||||
:lm[ap] |mapmode-l|
|
||||
:cm[ap] |mapmode-c|
|
||||
List all key mappings for the modes where the map
|
||||
command applies. Note that ":map" and ":map!" are
|
||||
used most often, because they include the other modes.
|
||||
|
||||
:map {lhs} *:map_l*
|
||||
:nm[ap] {lhs} *:nmap_l*
|
||||
:vm[ap] {lhs} *:vmap_l*
|
||||
:om[ap] {lhs} *:omap_l*
|
||||
:map! {lhs} *:map_l!*
|
||||
:im[ap] {lhs} *:imap_l*
|
||||
:lm[ap] {lhs} *:lmap_l*
|
||||
:cm[ap] {lhs} *:cmap_l*
|
||||
:map {lhs} |mapmode-nvo| *:map_l*
|
||||
:nm[ap] {lhs} |mapmode-n| *:nmap_l*
|
||||
:vm[ap] {lhs} |mapmode-v| *:vmap_l*
|
||||
:xm[ap] {lhs} |mapmode-x| *:xmap_l*
|
||||
:sm[ap] {lhs} |mapmode-s| *:smap_l*
|
||||
:om[ap] {lhs} |mapmode-o| *:omap_l*
|
||||
:map! {lhs} |mapmode-ic| *:map_l!*
|
||||
:im[ap] {lhs} |mapmode-i| *:imap_l*
|
||||
:lm[ap] {lhs} |mapmode-l| *:lmap_l*
|
||||
:cm[ap] {lhs} |mapmode-c| *:cmap_l*
|
||||
List the key mappings for the key sequences starting
|
||||
with {lhs} in the modes where the map command applies.
|
||||
{not in Vi}
|
||||
@@ -145,6 +157,9 @@ type "a", then "bar" will get inserted.
|
||||
|
||||
1.2 SPECIAL ARGUMENTS *:map-arguments*
|
||||
|
||||
"<buffer>", "<silent>", "<script>", "<expr>" and "<unique>" can be used in any
|
||||
order. They must appear right after the command, before any other arguments.
|
||||
|
||||
*:map-local* *:map-<buffer>* *E224* *E225*
|
||||
If the first argument to one of these commands is "<buffer>" it will apply to
|
||||
mappings locally to the current buffer only. Example: >
|
||||
@@ -194,8 +209,35 @@ Example of what will fail: >
|
||||
If you want to map a key and then have it do what it was originally mapped to,
|
||||
have a look at |maparg()|.
|
||||
|
||||
"<buffer>", "<silent>", "<script>" and "<unique>" can be used in any order.
|
||||
They must appear right after the command, before any other arguments.
|
||||
*:map-<expr>* *:map-expression*
|
||||
If the first argument to one of these commands is "<expr>" and it is used to
|
||||
define a new mapping or abbreviation, the argument is an expression. The
|
||||
expression is evaluated to obtain the {rhs} that is used. Example: >
|
||||
:inoremap <expr> . InsertDot()
|
||||
The result of the InsertDot() function will be inserted. It could check the
|
||||
text before the cursor and start omni completion when some condition is met.
|
||||
|
||||
Be very careful about side effects! The expression is evaluated while
|
||||
obtaining characters, if you change buffer text, move the cursor, edit another
|
||||
file, etc. you may very well make command disfunctional.
|
||||
|
||||
Here is an example that inserts a list number that increases: >
|
||||
let counter = 0
|
||||
inoremap <expr> <C-L> ListItem()
|
||||
inoremap <expr> <C-R> ListReset()
|
||||
|
||||
func ListItem()
|
||||
let g:counter += 1
|
||||
return g:counter . '. '
|
||||
endfunc
|
||||
|
||||
func ListReset()
|
||||
let g:counter = 0
|
||||
return ''
|
||||
endfunc
|
||||
|
||||
CTRL-L inserts the next number, CTRL-R resets the count. CTRL-R returns an
|
||||
empty string, so that nothing is inserted.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
1.3 MAPPING AND MODES *:map-modes*
|
||||
@@ -208,9 +250,6 @@ There are five sets of mappings
|
||||
- For Insert mode. These are also used in Replace mode.
|
||||
- For Command-line mode: When entering a ":" or "/" command.
|
||||
|
||||
There are no separate mappings for Select mode. The same as for Visual mode
|
||||
are used |Select-mode-mapping|.
|
||||
|
||||
Special case: While typing a count for a command in Normal mode, mapping zero
|
||||
is disabled. This makes it possible to map zero without making it impossible
|
||||
to type a count with a zero.
|
||||
@@ -218,13 +257,29 @@ to type a count with a zero.
|
||||
*map-overview* *map-modes*
|
||||
Overview of which map command works in which mode:
|
||||
|
||||
*mapmode-nvo* *mapmode-n* *mapmode-v* *mapmode-o*
|
||||
commands: modes: ~
|
||||
Normal Visual Operator-pending ~
|
||||
:map :noremap :unmap :mapclear yes yes yes
|
||||
:nmap :nnoremap :nunmap :nmapclear yes - -
|
||||
:vmap :vnoremap :vunmap :vmapclear - yes -
|
||||
:omap :onoremap :ounmap :omapclear - - yes
|
||||
Normal Visual+Select Operator-pending ~
|
||||
:map :noremap :unmap :mapclear yes yes yes
|
||||
:nmap :nnoremap :nunmap :nmapclear yes - -
|
||||
:vmap :vnoremap :vunmap :vmapclear - yes -
|
||||
:omap :onoremap :ounmap :omapclear - - yes
|
||||
|
||||
*mapmode-x* *mapmode-s*
|
||||
Some commands work both in Visual and Select mode, some in only one. Note
|
||||
that quite often "Visual" is mentioned where both Visual and Select mode
|
||||
apply. |Select-mode-mapping|
|
||||
|
||||
commands: modes: ~
|
||||
Visual Select ~
|
||||
:vmap :vnoremap :vunmap :vmapclear yes yes
|
||||
:xmap :xnoremap :xunmap :xmapclear yes -
|
||||
:smap :snoremap :sunmap :smapclear - yes
|
||||
|
||||
*mapmode-ic* *mapmode-i* *mapmode-c* *mapmode-l*
|
||||
Some commands work both in Insert mode and Command-line mode, some not:
|
||||
|
||||
commands: modes: ~
|
||||
Insert Command-line Lang-Arg ~
|
||||
:map! :noremap! :unmap! :mapclear! yes yes -
|
||||
:imap :inoremap :iunmap :imapclear yes - -
|
||||
@@ -776,7 +831,7 @@ This does not work if 'cpoptions' includes the '<' flag. |<>|
|
||||
You can even do more complicated things. For example, to consume the space
|
||||
typed after an abbreviation: >
|
||||
func Eatchar(pat)
|
||||
let c = nr2char(getchar())
|
||||
let c = nr2char(getchar(0))
|
||||
return (c =~ a:pat) ? '' : c
|
||||
endfunc
|
||||
iabbr <silent> if if ()<Left><C-R>=Eatchar('\s')<CR>
|
||||
@@ -1087,6 +1142,7 @@ completion can be enabled:
|
||||
-complete=event autocommand events
|
||||
-complete=expression Vim expression
|
||||
-complete=file file and directory names
|
||||
-complete=shellcmd Shell command
|
||||
-complete=function function name
|
||||
-complete=help help subjects
|
||||
-complete=highlight highlight groups
|
||||
@@ -1185,8 +1241,9 @@ Replacement text
|
||||
The replacement text for a user defined command is scanned for special escape
|
||||
sequences, using <...> notation. Escape sequences are replaced with values
|
||||
from the entered command line, and all other text is copied unchanged. The
|
||||
resulting string is executed as an Ex command. If the initial < of an escape
|
||||
sequence is preceded by a backslash, the sequence is copied unchanged.
|
||||
resulting string is executed as an Ex command. To avoid the replacement use
|
||||
<lt> in plade of the initial <. Thus to include "<bang>" literally use
|
||||
"<lt>bang>".
|
||||
|
||||
The valid escape sequences are
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
*mbyte.txt* For Vim version 7.0aa. Last change: 2005 Oct 14
|
||||
*mbyte.txt* For Vim version 7.0b. Last change: 2006 Mar 05
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar et al.
|
||||
@@ -1257,11 +1257,16 @@ Double-width characters are supported. This works best with 'guifontwide' or
|
||||
normal width and a space to fill the gap. Note that the 'guifontset' option
|
||||
is no longer relevant in the GTK+ 2 GUI.
|
||||
|
||||
Up to two combining characters can be used. The combining character is drawn
|
||||
on top of the preceding character. When editing text a composing character is
|
||||
mostly considered part of the preceding character. For example "x" will
|
||||
delete a character and its following composing characters by default. If the
|
||||
'delcombine' option is on, then pressing 'x' will delete the combining
|
||||
*mbyte-combining* *mbyte-composing*
|
||||
A composing or combining character is used to change the meaning of the
|
||||
character before it. The combining characters are drawn on top of the
|
||||
preceding character.
|
||||
Up to two combining characters can be used by default. This can be changed
|
||||
with the 'maxcombine' option.
|
||||
When editing text a composing character is mostly considered part of the
|
||||
preceding character. For example "x" will delete a character and its
|
||||
following composing characters by default.
|
||||
If the 'delcombine' option is on, then pressing 'x' will delete the combining
|
||||
characters, one at a time, then the base character. But when inserting, you
|
||||
type the first character and the following composing characters separately,
|
||||
after which they will be joined. The "r" command will not allow you to type a
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
*message.txt* For Vim version 7.0aa. Last change: 2006 Jan 08
|
||||
*message.txt* For Vim version 7.0b. Last change: 2006 Mar 01
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
|
||||
@@ -751,9 +751,12 @@ and the screen is about to be redrawn:
|
||||
-> Press <Enter> or <Space> to redraw the screen and continue, without that
|
||||
key being used otherwise.
|
||||
-> Press ':' or any other Normal mode command character to start that command.
|
||||
-> Press 'k', 'u', 'b' or 'g' to scroll back in the messages. This works the
|
||||
same way as at the |more-prompt|. Only works when 'compatible' is off and
|
||||
'more' is on.
|
||||
-> Press 'k', <Up>, 'u', 'b' or 'g' to scroll back in the messages. This
|
||||
works the same way as at the |more-prompt|. Only works when 'compatible'
|
||||
is off and 'more' is on.
|
||||
-> Pressing 'j', 'd' or <Down> is ignored when messages scrolled off the top
|
||||
of the screen, 'compatible' is off and 'more' is on, to avoid that typing
|
||||
one 'j' too many causes the messages to disappear.
|
||||
-> Press <C-Y> to copy (yank) a modeless selection to the clipboard register.
|
||||
-> Use a menu. The characters defined for Cmdline-mode are used.
|
||||
-> When 'mouse' contains the 'r' flag, clicking the left mouse button works
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
*mlang.txt* For Vim version 7.0aa. Last change: 2004 Feb 24
|
||||
*mlang.txt* For Vim version 7.0b. Last change: 2004 Feb 24
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
*motion.txt* For Vim version 7.0aa. Last change: 2006 Jan 02
|
||||
*motion.txt* For Vim version 7.0b. Last change: 2006 Jan 02
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
*netbeans.txt* For Vim version 7.0aa. Last change: 2005 Apr 04
|
||||
*netbeans.txt* For Vim version 7.0b. Last change: 2006 Mar 09
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Gordon Prieur
|
||||
@@ -179,6 +179,7 @@ These messages are specific for NetBeans:
|
||||
Region is guarded, cannot modify
|
||||
NetBeans defines guarded areas in the text, which you cannot
|
||||
change.
|
||||
Also sets the current buffer, if necessary.
|
||||
|
||||
*E656*
|
||||
NetBeans disallows writes of unmodified buffers
|
||||
@@ -193,7 +194,7 @@ Partial writes disallowed for NetBeans buffers
|
||||
*E658*
|
||||
NetBeans connection lost for this buffer
|
||||
NetBeans has become confused about the state of this file.
|
||||
Rather than risc data corruption, NetBeans has severed the
|
||||
Rather than risk data corruption, NetBeans has severed the
|
||||
connection for this file. Vim will take over responsibility
|
||||
for saving changes to this file and NetBeans will no longer
|
||||
know of these changes.
|
||||
@@ -258,10 +259,19 @@ problems and has been fixed in 2.2. To decrease the likelihood of this
|
||||
confusion happening again, netbeans_saved() has been renamed to
|
||||
netbeans_save_buffer().
|
||||
|
||||
We are now at version 2.3. For the differences between 2.2 and 2.3 search for
|
||||
"2.3" below.
|
||||
|
||||
The messages are currently sent over a socket. Since the messages are in
|
||||
plain UTF-8 text this protocol could also be used with any other communication
|
||||
mechanism.
|
||||
|
||||
To see an example implementation look at the gvim tool in Agide. Currently
|
||||
found here:
|
||||
http://cvs.sf.net/viewcvs.py/a-a-p/Agide/Tools/GvimTool.py?view=markup
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
10.1 Kinds of messages |nb-messages|
|
||||
10.2 Terms |nb-terms|
|
||||
10.3 Commands |nb-commands|
|
||||
@@ -485,8 +495,10 @@ setContentType
|
||||
Not implemented.
|
||||
|
||||
setDot off Make the buffer the current buffer and set the cursor at the
|
||||
specified position. If there are folds they are opened to
|
||||
make the cursor line visible.
|
||||
specified position. If the buffer is open in another window
|
||||
than make that window the current window.
|
||||
If there are folds they are opened to make the cursor line
|
||||
visible.
|
||||
In version 2.1 "lnum/col" can be used instead of "off".
|
||||
|
||||
setExitDelay seconds
|
||||
@@ -566,6 +578,7 @@ stopDocumentListen
|
||||
|
||||
unguard off len
|
||||
Opposite of "guard", remove guarding for a text area.
|
||||
Also sets the current buffer, if necessary.
|
||||
|
||||
version Not implemented.
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -608,10 +621,22 @@ getText Return the contents of the buffer as a string.
|
||||
insert off text
|
||||
Insert "text" before position "off". "text" is a string
|
||||
argument, "off" a number.
|
||||
"off" should have a "\n" (newline) at the end of each line.
|
||||
Or "\r\n" when 'fileformat' is "dos". When using "insert" in
|
||||
an empty buffer Vim will set 'fileformat' accordingly.
|
||||
When "off" points to the start of a line the text is inserted
|
||||
above this line. Thus when "off" is zero lines are inserted
|
||||
before the first line.
|
||||
When "off" points after the start of a line, possibly on the
|
||||
NUL at the end of a line, the first line of text is appended
|
||||
to this line. Further lines come below it.
|
||||
Possible replies:
|
||||
123 no problem
|
||||
123 !message failed
|
||||
Note that the message in the reply is not quoted.
|
||||
Also sets the current buffer, if necessary.
|
||||
Does not move the cursor to the changed text.
|
||||
Resets undo information.
|
||||
|
||||
remove off length
|
||||
Delete "length" bytes of text at position "off". Both
|
||||
@@ -620,6 +645,7 @@ remove off length
|
||||
123 no problem
|
||||
123 !message failed
|
||||
Note that the message in the reply is not quoted.
|
||||
Also sets the current buffer, if necessary.
|
||||
|
||||
saveAndExit Perform the equivalent of closing Vim: ":confirm qall".
|
||||
If there are no changed files or the user does not cancel the
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
*options.txt* For Vim version 7.0aa. Last change: 2006 Feb 02
|
||||
*options.txt* For Vim version 7.0b. Last change: 2006 Mar 18
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
|
||||
@@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ Note that an option may also have been set as a side effect of setting
|
||||
{not available when compiled without the +eval feature}
|
||||
|
||||
*:set-termcap* *E522*
|
||||
For {option} the form "t_xx" may be used to set a termcap option. This will
|
||||
For {option} the form "t_xx" may be used to set a terminal option. This will
|
||||
override the value from the termcap. You can then use it in a mapping. If
|
||||
the "xx" part contains special characters, use the <t_xx> form: >
|
||||
:set <t_#4>=^[Ot
|
||||
@@ -447,8 +447,8 @@ There are two forms of modelines. The first form:
|
||||
where each part between ':' is the argument for a ":set"
|
||||
command
|
||||
|
||||
Example: >
|
||||
vi:noai:sw=3 ts=6
|
||||
Example:
|
||||
vi:noai:sw=3 ts=6 ~
|
||||
|
||||
The second form (this is compatible with some versions of Vi):
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -464,8 +464,8 @@ se[t] the string "set " or "se " (note the space)
|
||||
: a colon
|
||||
[text] any text or empty
|
||||
|
||||
Example: >
|
||||
/* vim: set ai tw=75: */
|
||||
Example:
|
||||
/* vim: set ai tw=75: */ ~
|
||||
|
||||
The white space before {vi:|vim:|ex:} is required. This minimizes the chance
|
||||
that a normal word like "lex:" is caught. There is one exception: "vi:" and
|
||||
@@ -493,10 +493,10 @@ number can be specified where "vim:" is used:
|
||||
vim={vers}: version {vers}
|
||||
vim>{vers}: version after {vers}
|
||||
{vers} is 600 for Vim 6.0 (hundred times the major version plus minor).
|
||||
For example, to use a modeline only for Vim 6.0 and later: >
|
||||
/* vim600: set foldmethod=marker: */
|
||||
To use a modeline for Vim before version 5.7: >
|
||||
/* vim<570: set sw=4: */
|
||||
For example, to use a modeline only for Vim 6.0 and later:
|
||||
/* vim600: set foldmethod=marker: */ ~
|
||||
To use a modeline for Vim before version 5.7:
|
||||
/* vim<570: set sw=4: */ ~
|
||||
There can be no blanks between "vim" and the ":".
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -504,16 +504,16 @@ The number of lines that are checked can be set with the 'modelines' option.
|
||||
If 'modeline' is off or 'modelines' is 0 no lines are checked.
|
||||
|
||||
Note that for the first form all of the rest of the line is used, thus a line
|
||||
like: >
|
||||
/* vi:ts=4: */
|
||||
will give an error message for the trailing "*/". This line is OK: >
|
||||
/* vi:set ts=4: */
|
||||
like:
|
||||
/* vi:ts=4: */ ~
|
||||
will give an error message for the trailing "*/". This line is OK:
|
||||
/* vi:set ts=4: */ ~
|
||||
|
||||
If an error is detected the rest of the line is skipped.
|
||||
|
||||
If you want to include a ':' in a set command precede it with a '\'. The
|
||||
backslash in front of the ':' will be removed. Example: >
|
||||
/* vi:set dir=c\:\tmp: */
|
||||
backslash in front of the ':' will be removed. Example:
|
||||
/* vi:set dir=c\:\tmp: */ ~
|
||||
This sets the 'dir' option to "c:\tmp". Only a single backslash before the
|
||||
':' is removed. Thus to include "\:" you have to specify "\\:".
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1013,12 +1013,12 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
|
||||
|
||||
*'balloonexpr'* *'bexpr'*
|
||||
'balloonexpr' 'bexpr' string (default "")
|
||||
global
|
||||
global or local to buffer |global-local|
|
||||
{not in Vi}
|
||||
{only available when compiled with the |+balloon_eval|
|
||||
feature}
|
||||
Expression to show in evaluation balloon. It is only used when
|
||||
'ballooneval' is on. These variables can be used:
|
||||
Expression for text to show in evaluation balloon. It is only used
|
||||
when 'ballooneval' is on. These variables can be used:
|
||||
|
||||
v:beval_bufnr number of the buffer in which balloon is going to show
|
||||
v:beval_winnr number of the window
|
||||
@@ -1050,7 +1050,10 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
|
||||
|
||||
To check whether line breaks in the balloon text work use this check: >
|
||||
if has("balloon_multiline")
|
||||
<
|
||||
< When they are supported "\n" characters will start a new line. If the
|
||||
expression evaluates to a |List| this is equal to using each List item
|
||||
as a string and putting "\n" in between them.
|
||||
|
||||
*'binary'* *'bin'* *'nobinary'* *'nobin'*
|
||||
'binary' 'bin' boolean (default off)
|
||||
local to buffer
|
||||
@@ -1576,6 +1579,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
|
||||
u scan the unloaded buffers that are in the buffer list
|
||||
U scan the buffers that are not in the buffer list
|
||||
k scan the files given with the 'dictionary' option
|
||||
kspell use the currently active spell checking |spell|
|
||||
k{dict} scan the file {dict}. Several "k" flags can be given,
|
||||
patterns are valid too. For example: >
|
||||
:set cpt=k/usr/dict/*,k~/spanish
|
||||
@@ -1618,16 +1622,29 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
*'completeopt'* *'cot'*
|
||||
'completeopt' 'cot' string (default: "menu")
|
||||
'completeopt' 'cot' string (default: "menu,preview")
|
||||
global
|
||||
{not available when compiled without the
|
||||
|+insert_expand| feature}
|
||||
{not in Vi}
|
||||
Options for Insert mode completion |ins-completion|.
|
||||
Currently the only supported value is:
|
||||
A comma separated list of options for Insert mode completion
|
||||
|ins-completion|. The supported values are:
|
||||
|
||||
menu Use a popup menu to show the possible completions. The
|
||||
menu is only shown when there is more than one match and
|
||||
sufficient colors are available. |ins-completion-menu|
|
||||
|
||||
menuone Use the popup menu also when there is only one match.
|
||||
Useful when there is additional information about the
|
||||
match, e.g., what file it comes from.
|
||||
|
||||
longest Only insert the longest common text of the matches. Use
|
||||
CTRL-L to add more characters. Whether case is ignored
|
||||
depends on the kind of completion. For buffer text the
|
||||
'ignorecase' option is used.
|
||||
|
||||
preview Show extra information about the currently selected
|
||||
completion in the preview window.
|
||||
|
||||
*'confirm'* *'cf'* *'noconfirm'* *'nocf'*
|
||||
'confirm' 'cf' boolean (default off)
|
||||
@@ -2028,13 +2045,35 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
|
||||
Give messages when adding a cscope database. See |cscopeverbose|.
|
||||
NOTE: This option is reset when 'compatible' is set.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
*'cursorcolumn'* *'cuc'* *'nocursorcolumn'* *'nocuc'*
|
||||
'cursorcolumn' 'cuc' boolean (default off)
|
||||
local to window
|
||||
{not in Vi}
|
||||
{not available when compiled without the |+syntax|
|
||||
feature}
|
||||
Highlight the screen column of the cursor with CursorColumn
|
||||
|hl-CursorColumn|. Useful to align text. Will make screen redrawing
|
||||
slower.
|
||||
|
||||
*'cursorline'* *'cul'* *'nocursorline'* *'nocul'*
|
||||
'cursorline' 'cul' boolean (default off)
|
||||
local to window
|
||||
{not in Vi}
|
||||
{not available when compiled without the |+syntax|
|
||||
feature}
|
||||
Highlight the screen line of the cursor with CursorLine
|
||||
|hl-CursorLine|. Useful to easily spot the cursor. Will make screen
|
||||
redrawing slower.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
*'debug'*
|
||||
'debug' string (default "")
|
||||
global
|
||||
{not in Vi}
|
||||
When set to "msg", error messages that would otherwise be omitted will
|
||||
be given anyway. This is useful when debugging 'foldexpr' or
|
||||
'indentexpr'.
|
||||
be given anyway. This is useful when debugging 'foldexpr',
|
||||
'formatexpr' or 'indentexpr'.
|
||||
When set to "beep", a message will be given when otherwise only a beep
|
||||
would be produced.
|
||||
The values can be combined, separated by a comma.
|
||||
@@ -2080,6 +2119,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
|
||||
contain a list of words. This can be one word per line, or several
|
||||
words per line, separated by non-keyword characters (white space is
|
||||
preferred). Maximum line length is 510 bytes.
|
||||
When this option is empty, or an entry "spell" is present, spell
|
||||
checking is enabled the currently active spelling is used. |spell|
|
||||
To include a comma in a file name precede it with a backslash. Spaces
|
||||
after a comma are ignored, otherwise spaces are included in the file
|
||||
name. See |option-backslash| about using backslashes.
|
||||
@@ -2144,11 +2185,20 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
|
||||
exactly. It should ignore adding trailing
|
||||
white space, but not leading white space.
|
||||
|
||||
horizontal Start diff mode with horizontal splits (unless
|
||||
explicitly specified otherwise).
|
||||
|
||||
vertical Start diff mode with vertical splits (unless
|
||||
explicitly specified otherwise).
|
||||
|
||||
foldcolumn:{n} Set the 'foldcolumn' option to {n} when
|
||||
starting diff mode. Without this 2 is used.
|
||||
|
||||
Examples: >
|
||||
|
||||
:set diffopt=filler,context:4
|
||||
:set diffopt=
|
||||
:set diffopt=filler
|
||||
:set diffopt=filler,foldcolumn:3
|
||||
<
|
||||
*'digraph'* *'dg'* *'nodigraph'* *'nodg'*
|
||||
'digraph' 'dg' boolean (default off)
|
||||
@@ -2442,6 +2492,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
|
||||
When reading a file 'fileencoding' will be set from 'fileencodings'.
|
||||
To read a file in a certain encoding it won't work by setting
|
||||
'fileencoding', use the |++enc| argument.
|
||||
For a new file the global value of 'fileencoding' is used.
|
||||
Prepending "8bit-" and "2byte-" has no meaning here, they are ignored.
|
||||
When the option is set, the value is converted to lowercase. Thus
|
||||
you can set it with uppercase values too. '_' characters are
|
||||
@@ -2491,9 +2542,11 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
|
||||
non-blank characters.
|
||||
When the |++enc| argument is used then the value of 'fileencodings' is
|
||||
not used.
|
||||
Note that 'fileencodings' is not used for a new file, 'fileencoding'
|
||||
is always empty then. This means that a non-existing file may get a
|
||||
different encoding than an empty file.
|
||||
Note that 'fileencodings' is not used for a new file, the global value
|
||||
of 'fileencoding' is used instead. You can set it with: >
|
||||
:setglobal fenc=iso-8859-2
|
||||
< This means that a non-existing file may get a different encoding than
|
||||
an empty file.
|
||||
The special value "ucs-bom" can be used to check for a Unicode BOM
|
||||
(Byte Order Mark) at the start of the file. It must not be preceded
|
||||
by "utf-8" or another Unicode encoding for this to work properly.
|
||||
@@ -2504,6 +2557,9 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
|
||||
environment. This is the default value for 'encoding'. It is useful
|
||||
when 'encoding' is set to "utf-8" and your environment uses a
|
||||
non-latin1 encoding, such as Russian.
|
||||
When 'encoding' is "utf-8" and a file contains an illegal byte
|
||||
sequence it won't be recognized as UTF-8. You can use the |8g8|
|
||||
command to find the illegal byte sequence.
|
||||
WRONG VALUES: WHAT'S WRONG:
|
||||
latin1,utf-8 "latin1" will always be used
|
||||
utf-8,ucs-bom,latin1 BOM won't be recognized in an utf-8
|
||||
@@ -2609,9 +2665,15 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
|
||||
this use the ":filetype on" command. |:filetype|
|
||||
Setting this option to a different value is most useful in a modeline,
|
||||
for a file for which the file type is not automatically recognized.
|
||||
Example, for in an IDL file: >
|
||||
/* vim: set filetype=idl : */
|
||||
< |FileType| |filetypes|
|
||||
Example, for in an IDL file:
|
||||
/* vim: set filetype=idl : */ ~
|
||||
|FileType| |filetypes|
|
||||
When a dot appears in the value then this separates two filetype
|
||||
names. Example:
|
||||
/* vim: set filetype=c.doxygen : */ ~
|
||||
This will use the "c" filetype first, then the "doxygen" filetype.
|
||||
This works both for filetype plugins and for syntax files. More than
|
||||
one dot may appear.
|
||||
Do not confuse this option with 'osfiletype', which is for the file
|
||||
type that is actually stored with the file.
|
||||
This option is not copied to another buffer, independent of the 's' or
|
||||
@@ -2704,7 +2766,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
|
||||
or |+eval| feature}
|
||||
The expression used for when 'foldmethod' is "expr". It is evaluated
|
||||
for each line to obtain its fold level. See |fold-expr|.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
The expression may be evaluated in the |sandbox|, see
|
||||
|sandbox-option|.
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -2879,17 +2941,43 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
|
||||
global
|
||||
{not in Vi}
|
||||
The name of an external program that will be used to format the lines
|
||||
selected with the "gq" command. The program must take the input on
|
||||
selected with the |gq| operator. The program must take the input on
|
||||
stdin and produce the output on stdout. The Unix program "fmt" is
|
||||
such a program.
|
||||
If this option is an empty string, the internal format function will
|
||||
be used |C-indenting|.
|
||||
If the 'formatexpr' option is not empty it will be used instead.
|
||||
Otherwise, if 'formatprg' option is an empty string, the internal
|
||||
format function will be used |C-indenting|.
|
||||
Environment variables are expanded |:set_env|. See |option-backslash|
|
||||
about including spaces and backslashes.
|
||||
This option cannot be set from a |modeline| or in the |sandbox|, for
|
||||
security reasons.
|
||||
The expression may be evaluated in the |sandbox|, see
|
||||
|sandbox-option|.
|
||||
|
||||
*'fsync'* *'fs'*
|
||||
*'formatexpr'* *'fex'*
|
||||
'formatexpr' 'fex' string (default "")
|
||||
local to buffer
|
||||
{not in Vi}
|
||||
{not available when compiled without the |+eval|
|
||||
feature}
|
||||
Expression which is evaluated to format a range of lines for the |gq|
|
||||
operator. The |v:lnum| variable holds the first line to be formatted,
|
||||
|v:count| the number of lines to be formatted.
|
||||
When this option is empty 'formatprg' is used.
|
||||
Example: >
|
||||
:set formatexpr=mylang#Format()
|
||||
< This will invoke the mylang#Format() function in the
|
||||
autoload/mylang.vim file in 'runtimepath'. |autoload|
|
||||
|
||||
The expression is also evaluated when 'textwidth' is set and adding
|
||||
text beyond that limit. This happens under the same conditions as
|
||||
when internal formatting is used. Make sure the cursor is kept in the
|
||||
same spot relative to the text then! The |mode()| function will
|
||||
return "i" or "R" in this situation. When the function returns
|
||||
non-zero Vim will fall back to using the internal format mechanism.
|
||||
|
||||
The expression may be evaluated in the |sandbox|, see
|
||||
|sandbox-option|.
|
||||
|
||||
*'fsync'* *'fs'*
|
||||
'fsync' 'fs' boolean (default on)
|
||||
global
|
||||
{not in Vi}
|
||||
@@ -2943,7 +3031,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
|
||||
also work well with a single file: >
|
||||
:set grepprg=grep\ -nH
|
||||
< Special value: When 'grepprg' is set to "internal" the |:grep| command
|
||||
works like |:vimgrep| and |:grepadd| like |:vimgrepadd|.
|
||||
works like |:vimgrep|, |:lgrep| like |:lvimgrep|, |:grepadd| like
|
||||
|:vimgrepadd| and |:lgrepadd| like |:lvimgrepadd|.
|
||||
See also the section |:make_makeprg|, since most of the comments there
|
||||
apply equally to 'grepprg'.
|
||||
For Win32, the default is "findstr /n" if "findstr.exe" can be found,
|
||||
@@ -3217,6 +3306,12 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
|
||||
'c' Use console dialogs instead of popup dialogs for simple
|
||||
choices.
|
||||
|
||||
'e' Add tab pages when indicated with 'showtabline'.
|
||||
'guitablabel' can be used to change the text in the labels.
|
||||
When 'e' is missing a non-GUI tab pages line may be used.
|
||||
The GUI tabs are only supported on some systens, currently
|
||||
only for GTK.
|
||||
|
||||
'f' Foreground: Don't use fork() to detach the GUI from the shell
|
||||
where it was started. Use this for programs that wait for the
|
||||
editor to finish (e.g., an e-mail program). Alternatively you
|
||||
@@ -3277,6 +3372,22 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
|
||||
Only in the GUI: If on, an attempt is made to open a pseudo-tty for
|
||||
I/O to/from shell commands. See |gui-pty|.
|
||||
|
||||
*'guitablabel'* *'gtl'*
|
||||
'guitablabel' 'gtl' string (default empty)
|
||||
global
|
||||
{not in Vi}
|
||||
{only available when compiled with GUI enabled and
|
||||
with the +windows feature}
|
||||
When nonempty describes the text to use in a label of the GUI tab
|
||||
pages line. When empty Vim will use a default label. See
|
||||
|setting-guitablabel| for more info.
|
||||
|
||||
The format of this option is like that of 'statusline'.
|
||||
|
||||
Only used when the GUI tab pages line is displayed. 'e' must be
|
||||
present in 'guioptions'. For the non-GUI tab pages line 'tabline' is
|
||||
used.
|
||||
|
||||
*'helpfile'* *'hf'*
|
||||
'helpfile' 'hf' string (default (MSDOS) "$VIMRUNTIME\doc\help.txt"
|
||||
(others) "$VIMRUNTIME/doc/help.txt")
|
||||
@@ -3666,6 +3777,10 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
|
||||
cursor to the match.
|
||||
The highlighting can be set with the 'i' flag in 'highlight'.
|
||||
See also: 'hlsearch'.
|
||||
CTRL-L can be used to add one character from after the current match
|
||||
to the command line.
|
||||
CTRL-R CTRL-W can be used to add the word at the end of the current
|
||||
match, excluding the characters that were already typed.
|
||||
NOTE: This option is reset when 'compatible' is set.
|
||||
|
||||
*'indentexpr'* *'inde'*
|
||||
@@ -3957,8 +4072,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
|
||||
specified with multi-byte characters (e.g., UTF-8), but only the lower
|
||||
8 bits of each character will be used.
|
||||
|
||||
Example (for Greek): *greek* >
|
||||
:set langmap=<EFBFBD>A,<EFBFBD>B,<EFBFBD>C,<EFBFBD>D,<EFBFBD>E,<EFBFBD>F,<EFBFBD>G,<EFBFBD>H,<EFBFBD>I,<EFBFBD>J,<EFBFBD>K,<EFBFBD>L,<EFBFBD>M,<EFBFBD>N,<EFBFBD>O,<EFBFBD>P,QQ,<EFBFBD>R,<EFBFBD>S,<EFBFBD>T,<EFBFBD>U,<EFBFBD>V,WW,<EFBFBD>X,<EFBFBD>Y,<EFBFBD>Z,<EFBFBD>a,<EFBFBD>b,<EFBFBD>c,<EFBFBD>d,<EFBFBD>e,<EFBFBD>f,<EFBFBD>g,<EFBFBD>h,<EFBFBD>i,<EFBFBD>j,<EFBFBD>k,<EFBFBD>l,<EFBFBD>m,<EFBFBD>n,<EFBFBD>o,<EFBFBD>p,qq,<EFBFBD>r,<EFBFBD>s,<EFBFBD>t,<EFBFBD>u,<EFBFBD>v,<EFBFBD>w,<EFBFBD>x,<EFBFBD>y,<EFBFBD>z
|
||||
Example (for Greek, in UTF-8): *greek* >
|
||||
:set langmap=ΑA,ΒB,ΨC,ΔD,ΕE,ΦF,ΓG,ΗH,ΙI,ΞJ,ΚK,ΛL,ΜM,ΝN,ΟO,ΠP,QQ,ΡR,ΣS,ΤT,ΘU,ΩV,WW,ΧX,ΥY,ΖZ,αa,βb,ψc,δd,εe,φf,γg,ηh,ιi,ξj,κk,λl,μm,νn,οo,πp,qq,ρr,σs,τt,θu,ωv,ςw,χx,υy,ζz
|
||||
< Example (exchanges meaning of z and y for commands): >
|
||||
:set langmap=zy,yz,ZY,YZ
|
||||
<
|
||||
@@ -4227,6 +4342,20 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
|
||||
set. Note that this is not in milliseconds, like other options that
|
||||
set a time. This is to be compatible with Nvi.
|
||||
|
||||
*'maxcombine'* *'mco'*
|
||||
'maxcombine' 'mco' number (default 2)
|
||||
global
|
||||
{not in Vi}
|
||||
{only available when compiled with the |+multi_byte|
|
||||
feature}
|
||||
The maximum number of combining characters supported for displaying.
|
||||
Only used when 'encoding' is "utf-8".
|
||||
The default is OK for most languages. Hebrew may require 4.
|
||||
Maximum value is 6.
|
||||
Even when this option is set to 2 you can still edit text with more
|
||||
combining characters, you just can't see them. Use |g8| or |ga|.
|
||||
See |mbyte-combining|.
|
||||
|
||||
*'maxfuncdepth'* *'mfd'*
|
||||
'maxfuncdepth' 'mfd' number (default 100)
|
||||
global
|
||||
@@ -4584,7 +4713,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
|
||||
{only available when compiled with the |+linebreak|
|
||||
feature}
|
||||
Minimal number of columns to use for the line number. Only relevant
|
||||
when the 'number' option is set.
|
||||
when the 'number' option is set or printing lines with a line number.
|
||||
Since one space is always between the number and the text, there is
|
||||
one less character for the number itself.
|
||||
The value is the minimum width. A bigger width is used when needed to
|
||||
@@ -4913,6 +5042,17 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
|
||||
global
|
||||
When on a ":" prompt is used in Ex mode.
|
||||
|
||||
*'pumheight'* *'ph'*
|
||||
'pumheight' 'ph' number (default 0)
|
||||
global
|
||||
{not available when compiled without the
|
||||
|+insert_expand| feature}
|
||||
{not in Vi}
|
||||
Determines the maximum number of items to show in the popup menu.
|
||||
When zero as much space as available is used.
|
||||
|ins-completion-menu|.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
*'quoteescape'* *'qe'*
|
||||
'quoteescape' 'qe' string (default "\")
|
||||
local to buffer
|
||||
@@ -4939,6 +5079,9 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
|
||||
global
|
||||
Allows for mappings to work recursively. If you do not want this for
|
||||
a single entry, use the :noremap[!] command.
|
||||
NOTE: To avoid portability problems with Vim scripts, always keep
|
||||
this option at the default "on". Only switch it off when working with
|
||||
old Vi scripts.
|
||||
|
||||
*'report'*
|
||||
'report' number (default 2)
|
||||
@@ -5041,7 +5184,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
|
||||
feature}
|
||||
When this option is not empty, it determines the content of the ruler
|
||||
string, as displayed for the 'ruler' option.
|
||||
The format of this option, is like that of 'statusline'.
|
||||
The format of this option is like that of 'statusline'.
|
||||
The default ruler width is 17 characters. To make the ruler 15
|
||||
characters wide, put "%15(" at the start and "%)" at the end.
|
||||
Example: >
|
||||
@@ -5306,6 +5449,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
|
||||
winsize window sizes
|
||||
|
||||
Don't include both "curdir" and "sesdir".
|
||||
There is no option to include tab pages yet, only the current tab page
|
||||
is stored in the session. |tab-page|
|
||||
When "curdir" nor "sesdir" is included, file names are stored with
|
||||
absolute paths.
|
||||
"slash" and "unix" are useful on Windows when sharing session files
|
||||
@@ -5634,7 +5779,9 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
|
||||
The 'matchpairs' option can be used to specify the characters to show
|
||||
matches for. 'rightleft' and 'revins' are used to look for opposite
|
||||
matches.
|
||||
Note: For the use of the short form parental guidance is advised.
|
||||
Also see the matchparen plugin for highlighting the match when moving
|
||||
around |pi_paren.txt|.
|
||||
Note: Use of the short form is rated PG.
|
||||
|
||||
*'showmode'* *'smd'* *'noshowmode'* *'nosmd'*
|
||||
'showmode' 'smd' boolean (Vim default: on, Vi default: off)
|
||||
@@ -5648,6 +5795,21 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
|
||||
NOTE: This option is set to the Vi default value when 'compatible' is
|
||||
set and to the Vim default value when 'compatible' is reset.
|
||||
|
||||
*'showtabline'* *'stal'*
|
||||
'showtabline' 'stal' number (default 1)
|
||||
global
|
||||
{not in Vi}
|
||||
{not available when compiled without the +windows
|
||||
feature}
|
||||
The value of this option specifies when the line with tab page labels
|
||||
will be displayed:
|
||||
0: never
|
||||
1: only if there are at least two tab pages
|
||||
2: always
|
||||
This is both for the GUI and non-GUI implementation of the tab pages
|
||||
line.
|
||||
See |tab-page| for more information about tab pages.
|
||||
|
||||
*'sidescroll'* *'ss'*
|
||||
'sidescroll' 'ss' number (default 0)
|
||||
global
|
||||
@@ -5955,6 +6117,14 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
|
||||
All fields except the {item} is optional. A single percent sign can
|
||||
be given as "%%". Up to 80 items can be specified.
|
||||
|
||||
When the option starts with "%!" then it is used as an expression,
|
||||
evaluated and the result is used as the option value. Example: >
|
||||
:set statusline=%!MyStatusLine()
|
||||
< The result can contain %{} items that will be evaluated too.
|
||||
|
||||
When there is error while evaluating the option then it will be made
|
||||
empty to avoid further errors. Otherwise screen updating would loop.
|
||||
|
||||
Note that the only effect of 'ruler' when this option is set (and
|
||||
'laststatus' is 2) is controlling the output of |CTRL-G|.
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -6013,15 +6183,24 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
|
||||
percentage described for 'ruler'. Always 3 in length.
|
||||
a S Argument list status as in default title. ({current} of {max})
|
||||
Empty if the argument file count is zero or one.
|
||||
{ NF Evaluate expression between '{' and '}' and substitute result.
|
||||
{ NF Evaluate expression between '%{' and '}' and substitute result.
|
||||
Note that there is no '%' before the closing '}'.
|
||||
( - Start of item group. Can be used for setting the width and
|
||||
alignment of a section. Must be followed by %) somewhere.
|
||||
) - End of item group. No width fields allowed.
|
||||
T N For 'tabline': start of tab page N label. Use %T after the last
|
||||
label. This information is used for mouse clicks.
|
||||
X N For 'tabline': start of close tab N label. Use %X after the
|
||||
label, e.g.: %3Xclose%X. Use %999X for a "close current tab"
|
||||
mark. This information is used for mouse clicks.
|
||||
< - Where to truncate line if too long. Default is at the start.
|
||||
No width fields allowed.
|
||||
= - Separation point between left and right aligned items.
|
||||
No width fields allowed.
|
||||
# - Set highlight group. The name must follow and then a # again.
|
||||
Thus use %#HLname# for highlight group HLname. The same
|
||||
highlighting is used, also for the statusline of non-current
|
||||
windows.
|
||||
* - Set highlight group to User{N}, where {N} is taken from the
|
||||
minwid field, e.g. %1*. Restore normal highlight with %* or %0*.
|
||||
The difference between User{N} and StatusLine will be applied
|
||||
@@ -6189,9 +6368,15 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
|
||||
Otherwise this option does not always reflect the current syntax (the
|
||||
b:current_syntax variable does).
|
||||
This option is most useful in a modeline, for a file which syntax is
|
||||
not automatically recognized. Example, in an IDL file: >
|
||||
/* vim: set syntax=idl : */
|
||||
< To switch off syntax highlighting for the current file, use: >
|
||||
not automatically recognized. Example, in an IDL file:
|
||||
/* vim: set syntax=idl : */ ~
|
||||
When a dot appears in the value then this separates two filetype
|
||||
names. Example:
|
||||
/* vim: set syntax=c.doxygen : */ ~
|
||||
This will use the "c" syntax first, then the "doxygen" syntax.
|
||||
Note that the second one must be prepared to be loaded as an addition,
|
||||
otherwise it will be skipped. More than one dot may appear.
|
||||
To switch off syntax highlighting for the current file, use: >
|
||||
:set syntax=OFF
|
||||
< To switch syntax highlighting on according to the current value of the
|
||||
'filetype' option: >
|
||||
@@ -6202,7 +6387,41 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
|
||||
'S' flag in 'cpoptions'.
|
||||
Only normal file name characters can be used, "/\*?[|<>" are illegal.
|
||||
|
||||
*'tabstop'* *'ts'*
|
||||
*'tabline'* *'tal'*
|
||||
'tabline' 'tal' string (default empty)
|
||||
global
|
||||
{not in Vi}
|
||||
{not available when compiled without the +windows
|
||||
feature}
|
||||
When nonempty, this option determines the content of the tab pages
|
||||
line at the top of the Vim window. When empty Vim will use a default
|
||||
tab pages line. See |setting-tabline| for more info.
|
||||
|
||||
The tab pages line only appears as specified with the 'showtabline'
|
||||
option and only when there is no GUI tab line. When 'e' is in
|
||||
'guioptions' and the GUI supports a tab line 'guitablabel' is used
|
||||
instead.
|
||||
|
||||
The value is evaluated like with 'statusline'. You can use
|
||||
|tabpagenr()|, |tabpagewinnr()| and |tabpagebuflist()| to figure out
|
||||
the text to be displayed. Use "%1T" for the first label, "%2T" for
|
||||
the second one, etc. Use "%X" items for closing labels.
|
||||
|
||||
Keep in mind that only one of the tab pages is the current one, others
|
||||
are invisible and you can't jump to their windows.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
*'tabpagemax'* *'tpm'*
|
||||
'tabpagemax' 'tpm' number (default 10)
|
||||
global
|
||||
{not in Vi}
|
||||
{not available when compiled without the +windows
|
||||
feature}
|
||||
Maximum number of tab pages to be opened by the |-p| command line
|
||||
argument or the ":tab all" command. |tabpage|
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
*'tabstop'* *'ts'*
|
||||
'tabstop' 'ts' number (default 8)
|
||||
local to buffer
|
||||
Number of spaces that a <Tab> in the file counts for. Also see
|
||||
@@ -6805,7 +7024,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
|
||||
Currently, these messages are given:
|
||||
>= 1 When the viminfo file is read or written.
|
||||
>= 2 When a file is ":source"'ed.
|
||||
>= 5 Every searched tags file.
|
||||
>= 5 Every searched tags file and include file.
|
||||
>= 8 Files for which a group of autocommands is executed.
|
||||
>= 9 Every executed autocommand.
|
||||
>= 12 Every executed function.
|
||||
@@ -6982,10 +7201,22 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
|
||||
block Allow virtual editing in Visual block mode.
|
||||
insert Allow virtual editing in Insert mode.
|
||||
all Allow virtual editing in all modes.
|
||||
onemore Allow the cursor to move just past the end of the line
|
||||
|
||||
Virtual editing means that the cursor can be positioned where there is
|
||||
no actual character. This can be halfway into a Tab or beyond the end
|
||||
of the line. Useful for selecting a rectangle in Visual mode and
|
||||
editing a table.
|
||||
"onemore" is not the same, it will only allow moving the cursor just
|
||||
after the last character of the line. This makes some commands more
|
||||
consistent. Previously the cursor was always past the end of the line
|
||||
if the line was empty. But it is far from Vi compatible. It may also
|
||||
break some plugins or Vim scripts. For example because |l| can move
|
||||
the cursor after the last character. Use with care!
|
||||
Using the |$| command will move to the last character in the line, not
|
||||
past it. This may actually move the cursor to the left!
|
||||
It doesn't make sense to combine "all" with "onemore", but you will
|
||||
not get a warning for it.
|
||||
|
||||
*'visualbell'* *'vb'* *'novisualbell'* *'novb'* *beep*
|
||||
'visualbell' 'vb' boolean (default off)
|
||||
@@ -7012,7 +7243,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
|
||||
'weirdinvert' 'wiv' boolean (default off)
|
||||
global
|
||||
{not in Vi}
|
||||
This option has the same effect as the 't_xs' termcap option.
|
||||
This option has the same effect as the 't_xs' terminal option.
|
||||
It is provided for backwards compatibility with version 4.x.
|
||||
Setting 'weirdinvert' has the effect of making 't_xs' non-empty, and
|
||||
vice versa. Has no effect when the GUI is running.
|
||||
@@ -7027,8 +7258,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
|
||||
char key mode ~
|
||||
b <BS> Normal and Visual
|
||||
s <Space> Normal and Visual
|
||||
h "h" Normal and Visual
|
||||
l "l" Normal and Visual
|
||||
h "h" Normal and Visual (not recommended)
|
||||
l "l" Normal and Visual (not recommended)
|
||||
< <Left> Normal and Visual
|
||||
> <Right> Normal and Visual
|
||||
~ "~" Normal
|
||||
@@ -7044,8 +7275,9 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
|
||||
"dh". If you use this, you may also want to use the mapping
|
||||
":map <BS> X" to make backspace delete the character in front of the
|
||||
cursor.
|
||||
When 'l' is included, you get a side effect: "yl" on an empty line
|
||||
will include the <EOL>, so that "p" will insert a new line.
|
||||
When 'l' is included and it is used after an operator at the end of a
|
||||
line then it will not move to the next line. This makes "dl", "cl",
|
||||
"yl" etc. work normally.
|
||||
NOTE: This option is set to the Vi default value when 'compatible' is
|
||||
set and to the Vim default value when 'compatible' is reset.
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -7249,6 +7481,16 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
|
||||
|quickfix-window|.
|
||||
The height may be changed anyway when running out of room.
|
||||
|
||||
*'winfixwidth'* *'wfw'* *'nowinfixwidth'* *'nowfw'*
|
||||
'winfixwidth' 'wfw' boolean (default off)
|
||||
local to window
|
||||
{not in Vi}
|
||||
{not available when compiled without the +windows
|
||||
feature}
|
||||
Keep the window width when windows are opened or closed and
|
||||
'equalalways' is set.
|
||||
The width may be changed anyway when running out of room.
|
||||
|
||||
*'winminheight'* *'wmh'*
|
||||
'winminheight' 'wmh' number (default 1)
|
||||
global
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
*os_390.txt* For Vim version 7.0aa. Last change: 2005 Mar 29
|
||||
*os_390.txt* For Vim version 7.0b. Last change: 2005 Mar 29
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Ralf Schandl
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
*os_amiga.txt* For Vim version 7.0aa. Last change: 2005 Mar 29
|
||||
*os_amiga.txt* For Vim version 7.0b. Last change: 2005 Mar 29
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
*os_beos.txt* For Vim version 7.0aa. Last change: 2005 Mar 29
|
||||
*os_beos.txt* For Vim version 7.0b. Last change: 2005 Mar 29
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
*os_dos.txt* For Vim version 7.0aa. Last change: 2003 Dec 20
|
||||
*os_dos.txt* For Vim version 7.0b. Last change: 2006 Feb 14
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
|
||||
@@ -126,8 +126,8 @@ text. For example, to get grey text on a blue background: >
|
||||
See |highlight-groups| for other groups that are available.
|
||||
|
||||
A DOS console does not support attributes like bold and underlining. You can
|
||||
set the color used in five modes with nine termcap options. Note that this is
|
||||
not necessary since you can set the color directly with the ":highlight"
|
||||
set the color used in five modes with nine terminal options. Note that this
|
||||
is not necessary since you can set the color directly with the ":highlight"
|
||||
command; these options are for backward compatibility with older Vim versions.
|
||||
The |'highlight'| option specifies which of the five modes is used for which
|
||||
action. >
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
*os_mac.txt* For Vim version 7.0aa. Last change: 2005 Mar 29
|
||||
*os_mac.txt* For Vim version 7.0b. Last change: 2006 Mar 09
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar et al.
|
||||
@@ -33,9 +33,10 @@ Indianapolis IN 46220 USA
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
1. Filename Convention *mac-filename*
|
||||
|
||||
You can use either the unix or mac path separator or a mix of both. In order
|
||||
to determine if the specified filename is relative to the current folder or
|
||||
absolute (i.e. relative to the "Desktop"), the following algorithm is used:
|
||||
Starting with Vim version 7 you can just use the unix path separators with
|
||||
Vim. In order to determine if the specified filename is relative to the
|
||||
current folder or absolute (i.e. relative to the "Desktop"), the following
|
||||
algorithm is used:
|
||||
|
||||
If the path start by a "/", the path is absolute
|
||||
If the path start by a ":", the path is relative
|
||||
@@ -58,10 +59,16 @@ You can use the |$VIM| and |$VIMRUNTIME| variable. >
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
2. .vimrc and .vim files *mac-vimfile*
|
||||
|
||||
On the Mac files starting with a dot "." are discouraged, thus the rc files
|
||||
are named "vimrc" or "_vimrc" and "gvimrc" or "_gvimrc". These files can be in
|
||||
any format (mac, dos or unix). Vim can handle any file format when the
|
||||
|'nocompatible'| option is set, otherwise it will only handle mac format
|
||||
It is recommended to use Unix style line separators for Vim scripts, thus a
|
||||
single newline character.
|
||||
|
||||
When starting up Vim will load the $VIMRUNTIME/macmap.vim script to define
|
||||
default command-key mappings.
|
||||
|
||||
On older systems files starting with a dot "." are discouraged, thus the rc
|
||||
files are named "vimrc" or "_vimrc" and "gvimrc" or "_gvimrc". These files
|
||||
can be in any format (mac, dos or unix). Vim can handle any file format when
|
||||
the |'nocompatible'| option is set, otherwise it will only handle mac format
|
||||
files.
|
||||
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
@@ -80,14 +87,6 @@ A: Assuming that Vim.app is located in /Applications:
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
4. Mac Lack *mac-lack*
|
||||
|
||||
The filenames containing both ":" and "/" are sometimes misinterpreted. (just
|
||||
re-execute the command)
|
||||
|
||||
Scrollbar are not scrolling live, and when only the arrow or scroll area, a
|
||||
limit of 32 line or page is scrolled.
|
||||
|
||||
Syntax highlighting works on 68k Macs but is _really_ slow.
|
||||
|
||||
In a terminal CTRL-^ needs to be entered as Shift-Control-6. CTRL-@ as
|
||||
Shift-Control-2.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
*os_mint.txt* For Vim version 7.0aa. Last change: 2005 Mar 29
|
||||
*os_mint.txt* For Vim version 7.0b. Last change: 2005 Mar 29
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Jens M. Felderhoff
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
*os_msdos.txt* For Vim version 7.0aa. Last change: 2005 Mar 29
|
||||
*os_msdos.txt* For Vim version 7.0b. Last change: 2005 Mar 29
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
*os_os2.txt* For Vim version 7.0aa. Last change: 2005 Mar 29
|
||||
*os_os2.txt* For Vim version 7.0b. Last change: 2005 Mar 29
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Paul Slootman
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
*os_qnx.txt* For Vim version 7.0aa. Last change: 2005 Mar 29
|
||||
*os_qnx.txt* For Vim version 7.0b. Last change: 2005 Mar 29
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Julian Kinraid
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
*os_risc.txt* For Vim version 7.0aa. Last change: 2005 Mar 29
|
||||
*os_risc.txt* For Vim version 7.0b. Last change: 2005 Mar 29
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Thomas Leonard
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
*os_unix.txt* For Vim version 7.0aa. Last change: 2005 Mar 29
|
||||
*os_unix.txt* For Vim version 7.0b. Last change: 2005 Mar 29
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
*os_vms.txt* For Vim version 7.0aa. Last change: 2005 Jul 12
|
||||
*os_vms.txt* For Vim version 7.0b. Last change: 2006 Mar 02
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL
|
||||
@@ -56,11 +56,14 @@ To use the precompiled binary version, you need one of these archives:
|
||||
vim-XX-exe-vax-gui.zip VAX GUI executables
|
||||
vim-XX-exe-vax-term.zip VAX console executables
|
||||
|
||||
and of course
|
||||
and of course (optional)
|
||||
vim-XX-runtime.zip runtime files
|
||||
|
||||
The binary archives contain: vim.exe, ctags.exe, xxd.exe files.
|
||||
|
||||
For GTK executables you will need GTKLIB that is available for
|
||||
Alpha and IA64 platform.
|
||||
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
3. Compiling *vms-compiling*
|
||||
@@ -121,10 +124,10 @@ Vim uses a special directory structure to hold the document and runtime files:
|
||||
|- vim57
|
||||
|----- doc
|
||||
|----- syntax
|
||||
|- vim60
|
||||
|- vim62
|
||||
|----- doc
|
||||
|----- syntax
|
||||
|- vim61
|
||||
|- vim64
|
||||
|----- doc
|
||||
|----- syntax
|
||||
vimrc (system rc files)
|
||||
@@ -239,6 +242,17 @@ and to the SYS$STARTUP:SYLOGIN.COM >
|
||||
|
||||
It will set up a normal Vim work environment for every user on the system.
|
||||
|
||||
IMPORTANT: Vim on OpenVMS (and on other case insensitive system) command line
|
||||
parameters are assumed to be lowecase. In order to indicate that a command
|
||||
line parameter is uppercase "/" sign must be used.
|
||||
|
||||
Examples:
|
||||
>
|
||||
vim -R filename ! means: -r List swap files and exit
|
||||
vim -/r filename ! means: -R Readonly mode (like "view")
|
||||
vim -u <vimrc> ! means: -u Use <vimrc> instead of any .vimrc
|
||||
vim -/u <gvimrc> ! means: -U Use <gvimrc> instead of any .gvimrc
|
||||
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
7. GUI mode questions *vms-gui*
|
||||
@@ -653,7 +667,10 @@ start it with: >
|
||||
|
||||
9. VMS related changes *vms-changes*
|
||||
|
||||
Version 7.0
|
||||
Version 7
|
||||
- Improved low level char input (affects just console mode)
|
||||
|
||||
Version 6.4 (2005 Oct 15)
|
||||
- GTKLIB and Vim build on IA64
|
||||
- colors in terminal mode
|
||||
- syntax highlighting in terminal mode
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
*os_win32.txt* For Vim version 7.0aa. Last change: 2005 Mar 29
|
||||
*os_win32.txt* For Vim version 7.0b. Last change: 2005 Mar 29
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by George Reilly
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
*pattern.txt* For Vim version 7.0aa. Last change: 2006 Feb 01
|
||||
*pattern.txt* For Vim version 7.0b. Last change: 2006 Mar 06
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
|
||||
@@ -16,8 +16,9 @@ explanations are in chapter 27 |usr_27.txt|.
|
||||
5. Multi items |pattern-multi-items|
|
||||
6. Ordinary atoms |pattern-atoms|
|
||||
7. Ignoring case in a pattern |/ignorecase|
|
||||
8. Compare with Perl patterns |perl-patterns|
|
||||
9. Highlighting matches |match-highlight|
|
||||
8. Composing characters |patterns-composing|
|
||||
9. Compare with Perl patterns |perl-patterns|
|
||||
10. Highlighting matches |match-highlight|
|
||||
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
1. Search commands *search-commands* *E486*
|
||||
@@ -161,7 +162,7 @@ The offset gives the cursor position relative to the found match:
|
||||
s[-num] [num] characters to the left of the start of the match
|
||||
b[+num] [num] identical to s[+num] above (mnemonic: begin)
|
||||
b[-num] [num] identical to s[-num] above (mnemonic: begin)
|
||||
;{pattern} perform another searcn, see |//;|
|
||||
;{pattern} perform another search, see |//;|
|
||||
|
||||
If a '-' or '+' is given but [num] is omitted, a count of one will be used.
|
||||
When including an offset with 'e', the search becomes inclusive (the
|
||||
@@ -1104,12 +1105,6 @@ Examples:
|
||||
\cfoo - - foo Foo FOO
|
||||
foo\C - - foo
|
||||
|
||||
*/\Z*
|
||||
When "\Z" appears anywhere in the pattern, composing characters are ignored.
|
||||
Thus only the base characters need to match, the composing characters may be
|
||||
different and the number of composing characters may differ. Only relevant
|
||||
when 'encoding' is "utf-8".
|
||||
|
||||
Technical detail: *NL-used-for-Nul*
|
||||
<Nul> characters in the file are stored as <NL> in memory. In the display
|
||||
they are shown as "^@". The translation is done when reading and writing
|
||||
@@ -1134,7 +1129,27 @@ expect. But invalid bytes may cause trouble, a pattern with an invalid byte
|
||||
will probably never match.
|
||||
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
8. Compare with Perl patterns *perl-patterns*
|
||||
8. Composing characters *patterns-composing*
|
||||
|
||||
*/\Z*
|
||||
When "\Z" appears anywhere in the pattern, composing characters are ignored.
|
||||
Thus only the base characters need to match, the composing characters may be
|
||||
different and the number of composing characters may differ. Only relevant
|
||||
when 'encoding' is "utf-8".
|
||||
|
||||
When a composing character appears at the start of the pattern of after an
|
||||
item that doesn't include the composing character, a match is found at any
|
||||
character that includes this composing character.
|
||||
|
||||
When using a dot and a composing character, this works the same as the
|
||||
composing character by itself, except that it doesn't matter what comes before
|
||||
this.
|
||||
|
||||
The order of composing characters matters, even though changing the order
|
||||
doen't change what a character looks like. This may change in the future.
|
||||
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
9. Compare with Perl patterns *perl-patterns*
|
||||
|
||||
Vim's regexes are most similar to Perl's, in terms of what you can do. The
|
||||
difference between them is mostly just notation; here's a summary of where
|
||||
@@ -1144,7 +1159,7 @@ Capability in Vimspeak in Perlspeak ~
|
||||
----------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
force case insensitivity \c (?i)
|
||||
force case sensitivity \C (?-i)
|
||||
backref-less grouping \%(atom) (?:atom)
|
||||
backref-less grouping \%(atom\) (?:atom)
|
||||
conservative quantifiers \{-n,m} *?, +?, ??, {}?
|
||||
0-width match atom\@= (?=atom)
|
||||
0-width non-match atom\@! (?!atom)
|
||||
@@ -1177,10 +1192,10 @@ Finally, these constructs are unique to Perl:
|
||||
- \& (which is to \| what "and" is to "or"; it forces several branches
|
||||
to match at one spot)
|
||||
- matching lines/columns by number: \%5l \%5c \%5v
|
||||
- limiting the "return value" of a regex: \zs \ze
|
||||
- setting the start and end of the match: \zs \ze
|
||||
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
9. Highlighting matches *match-highlight*
|
||||
10. Highlighting matches *match-highlight*
|
||||
|
||||
*:mat* *:match*
|
||||
:mat[ch] {group} /{pattern}/
|
||||
@@ -1191,14 +1206,23 @@ Finally, these constructs are unique to Perl:
|
||||
< Instead of // any character can be used to mark the start and
|
||||
end of the {pattern}. Watch out for using special characters,
|
||||
such as '"' and '|'.
|
||||
|
||||
{group} must exist at the moment this command is executed.
|
||||
The match overrides the 'hlsearch' highlighting.
|
||||
'ignorecase' does not apply, use |/\c| in the pattern to
|
||||
ignore case. Otherwise case is not ignored.
|
||||
|
||||
The {group} highlighting still applies when a character is
|
||||
to be highlighted for 'hlsearch'.
|
||||
|
||||
Note that highlighting the last used search pattern with
|
||||
'hlsearch' is used in all windows, while the pattern defined
|
||||
with ":match" only exists in the current window. It is kept
|
||||
when switching to another buffer.
|
||||
|
||||
The |matchparen| plugin uses match highlighting, thus will
|
||||
disable your ":match" command as soon as you move to a paren.
|
||||
|
||||
'ignorecase' does not apply, use |/\c| in the pattern to
|
||||
ignore case. Otherwise case is not ignored.
|
||||
|
||||
Another example, which highlights all characters in virtual
|
||||
column 72 and more: >
|
||||
:highlight rightMargin term=bold ctermfg=blue guifg=blue
|
||||
@@ -1213,4 +1237,20 @@ Finally, these constructs are unique to Perl:
|
||||
:mat[ch] none
|
||||
Clear a previously defined match pattern.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
:2mat[ch] {group} /{pattern}/
|
||||
:2mat[ch]
|
||||
:2mat[ch] none
|
||||
:3mat[ch] {group} /{pattern}/
|
||||
:3mat[ch]
|
||||
:3mat[ch] none
|
||||
Just like |:match| above, but set a separate match. Thus
|
||||
there can be three matches active at the same time. The match
|
||||
with the lowest number has priority if several match at the
|
||||
same position.
|
||||
The ":3match" command is used by the |matchparen| plugin. You
|
||||
are suggested to use ":match" for manual matching and
|
||||
":2match" for another plugin.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
vim:tw=78:ts=8:ft=help:norl:
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
*pi_gzip.txt* For Vim version 7.0aa. Last change: 2002 Oct 29
|
||||
*pi_gzip.txt* For Vim version 7.0b. Last change: 2002 Oct 29
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
*pi_netrw.txt* For Vim version 7.0. Last change: Jan 27, 2006
|
||||
*pi_netrw.txt* For Vim version 7.0b. Last change: Mar 22, 2006
|
||||
|
||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Charles E. Campbell, Jr.
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -10,9 +10,9 @@
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
0. Contents *netrw-contents*
|
||||
|
||||
1. Starting With Netrw.................................|netrw-start|
|
||||
1. Starting With Netrw..................................|netrw-start|
|
||||
2. Netrw Reference......................................|netrw-ref|
|
||||
CONTROLLING EXTERNAL APPLICTIONS...................|netrw-externapp|
|
||||
CONTROLLING EXTERNAL APPLICATIONS..................|netrw-externapp|
|
||||
READING............................................|netrw-read|
|
||||
WRITING............................................|netrw-write|
|
||||
DIRECTORY LISTING..................................|netrw-dirlist|
|
||||
@@ -32,6 +32,7 @@
|
||||
Quick Reference Commands Table.....................|netrw-browse-cmds|
|
||||
Netrw Browser Variables............................|netrw-browse-var|
|
||||
Introduction To Directory Browsing.................|netrw-browse-intro|
|
||||
Netrw Browsing And Option Incompatibilities........|netrw-incompatible|
|
||||
Directory Exploring Commands.......................|netrw-explore|
|
||||
Refreshing The Listing.............................|netrw-ctrl-l|
|
||||
Going Up...........................................|netrw--|
|
||||
@@ -39,7 +40,7 @@
|
||||
Obtaining A File...................................|netrw-O|
|
||||
Thin, Long, and Wide Listings......................|netrw-i|
|
||||
Making A New Directory.............................|netrw-d|
|
||||
Deleting Files Or Directories......................|netrw-delete|
|
||||
Deleting Files Or Directories......................|netrw-D|
|
||||
Renaming Files Or Directories......................|netrw-move|
|
||||
Hiding Files Or Directories........................|netrw-a|
|
||||
Edit File Or Directory Hiding List.................|netrw-ctrl-h|
|
||||
@@ -132,7 +133,7 @@ section, |netrw-externapp|.
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
2. Netrw Reference *netrw-ref*
|
||||
|
||||
CONTROLLING EXTERNAL APPLICTIONS *netrw-externapp*
|
||||
CONTROLLING EXTERNAL APPLICATIONS *netrw-externapp*
|
||||
|
||||
Protocol Variable Default Value
|
||||
-------- ---------------- -------------
|
||||
@@ -161,7 +162,7 @@ READING *netrw-read* *netrw-nread*
|
||||
:Nread "sftp://[user@]machine/path" uses sftp
|
||||
|
||||
WRITING *netrw-write* *netrw-nwrite*
|
||||
:Nwrite ? give help
|
||||
:Nwrite ? give help
|
||||
:Nwrite "machine:path" uses rcp
|
||||
:Nwrite "machine path" uses ftp w/ <.netrc>
|
||||
:Nwrite "machine id password path" uses ftp
|
||||
@@ -207,7 +208,7 @@ VARIABLES *netrw-variables*
|
||||
="ascii"
|
||||
|
||||
*g:netrw_ignorenetrc* =0 (default)
|
||||
=1 If you have a <.netrc> file but it doesn't work and
|
||||
=1 If you have a <.netrc> file but it doesn't work and
|
||||
you want it ignored, then set this variable as shown.
|
||||
|
||||
*g:netrw_uid* (ftp) user-id, retained on a per-session basis
|
||||
@@ -266,10 +267,12 @@ series of commands (typically ftp) which it issues to an external program
|
||||
from/written to a temporary file (under Unix/Linux, /tmp/...) which the
|
||||
<netrw.vim> script will clean up.
|
||||
|
||||
*netrw-putty* *netrw-pscp*
|
||||
One may modify any protocol's implementing external application by setting a
|
||||
variable (ex. scp uses the variable g:netrw_scp_cmd, which is defaulted to
|
||||
"scp -q").
|
||||
|
||||
"scp -q"). As an example, consider using PuTTY: >
|
||||
let g:netrw_scp_cmd= '"c:\Program Files\PuTTY\pscp.exe" -q -batch'
|
||||
<
|
||||
Ftp, an old protocol, seems to be blessed by numerous implementations.
|
||||
Unfortunately, some implementations are noisy (ie., add junk to the end of the
|
||||
file). Thus, concerned users may decide to write a NetReadFixup() function
|
||||
@@ -362,7 +365,7 @@ Both the :Nread and the :Nwrite ex-commands can accept multiple filenames.
|
||||
NETRC *netrw-netrc*
|
||||
|
||||
The typical syntax for lines in a <.netrc> file is given as shown below.
|
||||
Ftp under Unix usually support <.netrc>; Windows' ftp usually doesn't.
|
||||
Ftp under Unix usually supports <.netrc>; ftp under Windows usually doesn't.
|
||||
>
|
||||
machine {full machine name} login {user-id} password "{password}"
|
||||
default login {user-id} password "{password}"
|
||||
@@ -392,11 +395,12 @@ However, |netrw-listhack| can help with this problem.
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
4. Activation *netrw-activate*
|
||||
|
||||
Network-oriented file transfers are available by default whenever
|
||||
Network-oriented file transfers are available by default whenever Vim's
|
||||
|'nocompatible'| mode is enabled. The <netrw.vim> file resides in your
|
||||
system's vim-plugin directory and is sourced automatically whenever you bring
|
||||
up vim. I suggest that, at a minimum, you have at least the following in your
|
||||
<.vimrc> customization file: >
|
||||
|
||||
set nocp
|
||||
if version >= 600
|
||||
filetype plugin indent on
|
||||
@@ -417,11 +421,14 @@ Thus one may use files across networks just as simply as if they were local. >
|
||||
See |netrw-activate| for more on how to encourage your vim to use plugins
|
||||
such as netrw.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
6. Ex Commands *netrw-ex*
|
||||
|
||||
The usual read/write commands are supported. There are also a couple of
|
||||
additional commands available.
|
||||
The usual read/write commands are supported. There are also a few
|
||||
additional commands available. Often you won't need to use Nw or
|
||||
Nread as shown in |netrw-transparent| (ie. use :e url, :r url, :w url;
|
||||
see |netrw-urls|).
|
||||
|
||||
:[range]Nw Write the specified lines to the current
|
||||
file as specified in b:netrw_lastfile.
|
||||
@@ -452,11 +459,11 @@ additional commands available.
|
||||
strings.
|
||||
|
||||
:NetrwSettings This command is desribed in |netrw-settings| -- used to
|
||||
display netrw settings and change netrw behavior
|
||||
display netrw settings and change netrw behavior.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
7. Variables and Options *netrw-options* *netrw-var*
|
||||
7. Variables and Options *netrw-options* *netrw-var*
|
||||
|
||||
The script <netrw.vim> uses several variables which can affect <netrw.vim>'s
|
||||
behavior. These variables typically may be set in the user's <.vimrc> file:
|
||||
@@ -588,7 +595,7 @@ To handle the SSL certificate dialog for untrusted servers, one may pull
|
||||
down the certificate and place it into /usr/ssl/cert.pem. This operation
|
||||
renders the server treatment as "trusted".
|
||||
|
||||
*netrw-fixup* *netreadfixup*
|
||||
*netrw-fixup* *netreadfixup*
|
||||
If your ftp for whatever reason generates unwanted lines (such as AUTH
|
||||
messages) you may write a NetReadFixup(tmpfile) function:
|
||||
>
|
||||
@@ -628,8 +635,8 @@ itself:
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
8. Directory Browsing *netrw-browse* *netrw-dir* *netrw-list* *netrw-help*
|
||||
|
||||
MAPS *netrw-maps*
|
||||
?................Help.......................................|netrw-help|
|
||||
MAPS *netrw-maps*
|
||||
<F1>.............Help.......................................|netrw-help|
|
||||
<cr>.............Browsing...................................|netrw-cr|
|
||||
<del>............Deleting Files or Directories..............|netrw-delete|
|
||||
-................Going Up...................................|netrw--|
|
||||
@@ -663,12 +670,12 @@ MAPS *netrw-maps*
|
||||
:Nexplore[!] [dir] Vertical Split & Explore.................|netrw-explore|
|
||||
:NetrwSettings.............................................|netrw-settings|
|
||||
|
||||
QUICK REFERENCE COMMANDS TABLE *netrw-browse-cmds*
|
||||
QUICK REFERENCE COMMANDS TABLE *netrw-browse-cmds*
|
||||
>
|
||||
------- -----------
|
||||
Command Explanation
|
||||
------- -----------
|
||||
< ? Causes Netrw to issue help
|
||||
< <F1> Causes Netrw to issue help
|
||||
<cr> Netrw will enter the directory or read the file |netrw-cr|
|
||||
<del> Netrw will attempt to remove the file/directory |netrw-del|
|
||||
- Makes Netrw go up one directory |netrw--|
|
||||
@@ -712,13 +719,14 @@ NETRW BROWSER VARIABLES *netrw-browse-var*
|
||||
default: =0
|
||||
|
||||
*g:netrw_altv* change from left splitting to right splitting
|
||||
by setting this variable (see |netrw-v|)
|
||||
by setting this variable (see |netrw-v|)
|
||||
default: =0
|
||||
|
||||
*g:netrw_browse_split* when browsing, <cr> will open the file by:
|
||||
=0: re-using the same window
|
||||
=1: horizontally splitting the window first
|
||||
=2: vertically splitting the window first
|
||||
|
||||
*g:netrw_browsex_viewer* specify user's preference for a viewer: >
|
||||
"kfmclient exec"
|
||||
"gnome-open"
|
||||
@@ -727,7 +735,27 @@ NETRW BROWSER VARIABLES *netrw-browse-var*
|
||||
< is used, then netrwFileHandler() will look for
|
||||
a script/function to handle the given
|
||||
extension. (see |netrw_filehandler|).
|
||||
<
|
||||
|
||||
*g:netrw_fastbrowse* =0: slow speed browsing, never re-use
|
||||
directory listings; always obtain
|
||||
directory listings.
|
||||
=1: medium speed browsing, re-use directory
|
||||
listings only when remote browsing.
|
||||
(default value)
|
||||
=2: fast browsing, only obtains directory
|
||||
listings when the directory hasn't been
|
||||
seen before (or |netrw-ctrl-l| is used).
|
||||
Fast browsing retains old directory listing
|
||||
buffers so that they don't need to be
|
||||
re-acquired. This feature is especially
|
||||
important for remote browsing. However, if
|
||||
a file is introduced or deleted into or from
|
||||
such directories, the old directory buffer
|
||||
becomes out-of-date. One may always refresh
|
||||
such a directory listing with |netrw-ctrl-l|.
|
||||
This option gives the choice of the trade-off
|
||||
between accuracy and speed to the user.
|
||||
|
||||
*g:netrw_ftp_browse_reject* ftp can produce a number of errors and warnings
|
||||
that can show up as "directories" and "files"
|
||||
in the listing. This pattern is used to
|
||||
@@ -802,7 +830,7 @@ NETRW BROWSER VARIABLES *netrw-browse-var*
|
||||
\.info$,\.swp$,\.obj$'
|
||||
|
||||
*g:netrw_ssh_cmd* One may specify an executable command
|
||||
to use instead of ssh for remote actions
|
||||
to use instead of ssh for remote actions
|
||||
such as listing, file removal, etc.
|
||||
default: ssh
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -811,7 +839,7 @@ NETRW BROWSER VARIABLES *netrw-browse-var*
|
||||
want masquerading as "directories" and "files".
|
||||
Use this pattern to remove such embedded
|
||||
messages. By default its value is:
|
||||
'^total\s\+\d\+$'
|
||||
'^total\s\+\d\+$'
|
||||
|
||||
*g:netrw_timefmt* specify format string to strftime() (%c)
|
||||
default: "%c"
|
||||
@@ -819,6 +847,12 @@ NETRW BROWSER VARIABLES *netrw-browse-var*
|
||||
*g:netrw_winsize* specify initial size of new o/v windows
|
||||
default: ""
|
||||
|
||||
*g:DrChipTopLvlMenu* This variable specifies the top level
|
||||
submenu name; by default, its "DrChip.".
|
||||
If you wish to change this, do so in your
|
||||
.vimrc. It affects all of my plugins which
|
||||
have menus.
|
||||
|
||||
INTRODUCTION TO DIRECTORY BROWSING *netrw-browse-intro*
|
||||
|
||||
Netrw supports the browsing of directories on the local system and on remote
|
||||
@@ -843,6 +877,18 @@ For local directories, the trailing slash is not required.
|
||||
If you'd like to avoid entering the password in for remote directory listings
|
||||
with ssh or scp, see |netrw-listhack|.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
NETRW BROWSING AND OPTION INCOMPATIBILITIES *netrw-incompatible*
|
||||
|
||||
Netrw will not work properly with >
|
||||
|
||||
:set acd
|
||||
:set fo=...ta...
|
||||
<
|
||||
If either of these options are present when browsing is attempted, netrw
|
||||
will change them by using noacd and removing the ta suboptions from the
|
||||
|'formatoptions'|.
|
||||
|
||||
*netrw-explore* *netrw-pexplore*
|
||||
*netrw-hexplore* *netrw-sexplore*
|
||||
DIRECTORY EXPLORING COMMANDS *netrw-nexplore* *netrw-vexplore*
|
||||
@@ -931,7 +977,7 @@ preferred. The NetList function which implements remote directory browsing
|
||||
expects that directories will be flagged by a trailing slash.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
BROWSING *netrw-cr*
|
||||
BROWSING *netrw-cr*
|
||||
|
||||
Browsing is simple: move the cursor onto a file or directory of interest.
|
||||
Hitting the <cr> (the return key) will select the file or directory.
|
||||
@@ -1271,6 +1317,9 @@ For Linux/Unix systems, I suggest looking into
|
||||
It gives a tip for setting up password-less use of ssh and scp, and discusses
|
||||
the associated security issues.
|
||||
|
||||
For Windows, the vim mailing list has mentioned that Pageant helps with
|
||||
avoiding the constant need to enter the password.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
NETRW SETTINGS *netrw-settings*
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1344,7 +1393,7 @@ help on what each of the variables do.
|
||||
P6. I want my current directory to track my browsing.
|
||||
How do I do that?
|
||||
|
||||
let g:netrw_keepdir= 0
|
||||
let g:netrw_keepdir= 0
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
@@ -1399,6 +1448,22 @@ which is loaded automatically at startup (assuming :set nocp).
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
11. History *netrw-history* {{{1
|
||||
|
||||
v83: * disabled stop-acd handling; the change in directory handling
|
||||
may allow acd to be used again. Awaiting feedback.
|
||||
* D was refusing to delete remote files/directories in wide
|
||||
listing mode.
|
||||
v81: * FocusGained also used to refresh/wipe local browser directory
|
||||
buffers
|
||||
* (bugfix) netrw was leaving [Scratch] buffers behind when the
|
||||
the user had the "hidden" option set. The 'hidden' option is
|
||||
now bypassed.
|
||||
v80: * ShellCmdPost event used in conjunction with g:netrw_fastbrowse
|
||||
to refresh/wipe local browser directory buffers.
|
||||
v79: * directories are now displayed with nowrap
|
||||
* (bugfix) if the column width was smaller than the largest
|
||||
file's name, then netrw would hang when using wide-listing
|
||||
mode - fixed
|
||||
* g:netrw_fastbrowse introduced
|
||||
v78: * progress has been made on allowing spaces inside directory
|
||||
names for remote work (reading, writing, browsing). (scp)
|
||||
v77: * Mikolaj Machowski fixed a bug in a substitute command
|
||||
|
||||
42
runtime/doc/pi_paren.txt
Normal file
42
runtime/doc/pi_paren.txt
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
|
||||
*pi_paren.txt* For Vim version 7.0b. Last change: 2006 Mar 24
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Highlighting matching parens *matchparen*
|
||||
|
||||
The functionality mentioned here is a |standard-plugin|.
|
||||
This plugin is only available if 'compatible' is not set.
|
||||
|
||||
You can avoid loading this plugin by setting the "loaded_matchparen" variable: >
|
||||
:let loaded_matchparen = 1
|
||||
|
||||
The plugin installs CursorMoved autocommands to redefine the match
|
||||
highlighting.
|
||||
|
||||
To disable the plugin after it was loaded use this command: >
|
||||
|
||||
:NoMatchParen
|
||||
|
||||
And to enable it again: >
|
||||
|
||||
:DoMatchParen
|
||||
|
||||
The highlighting used is MatchParen. You can specify different colors with
|
||||
the ":highlight" command. Example: >
|
||||
|
||||
:hi MatchParen ctermbg=blue guibg=lightblue
|
||||
|
||||
The characters to be matched come from the 'matchpairs' option. You can
|
||||
change the value to highlight different matches. Note that not everything is
|
||||
possible. For example, you can't highlight single or double quotes, because
|
||||
the start and end are equal.
|
||||
|
||||
The syntax highlighting attributes are used. When the cursor currently is not
|
||||
in a string or comment syntax item, then matches inside string and comment
|
||||
syntax items are ignored. Any syntax items with "string" or "comment"
|
||||
somewhere in their name are considered string or comment items.
|
||||
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
vim:tw=78:ts=8:ft=help:norl:
|
||||
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
*pi_spec.txt* For Vim version 7.0aa. Last change: 2005 Oct 03
|
||||
*pi_spec.txt* For Vim version 7.0b. Last change: 2005 Oct 03
|
||||
|
||||
by Gustavo Niemeyer ~
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,4 +1,6 @@
|
||||
*tar.txt* Tar File Interface Dec 21, 2005
|
||||
*tar.txt* For Vim version 7.0b. Last change: 2006 Mar 24
|
||||
|
||||
Tar File Interface
|
||||
|
||||
Author: Charles E. Campbell, Jr. <NdrOchip@ScampbellPfamily.AbizM>
|
||||
(remove NOSPAM from Campbell's email first)
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,4 +1,6 @@
|
||||
*zip.txt* Zip File Interface Nov 28, 2005
|
||||
*zip.txt* For Vim version 7.0b. Last change: 2006 Mar 24
|
||||
|
||||
Zip File Interface
|
||||
|
||||
Author: Charles E. Campbell, Jr. <NdrOchip@ScampbellPfamily.AbizM>
|
||||
(remove NOSPAM from Campbell's email first)
|
||||
@@ -29,6 +31,8 @@ Copyright: Copyright (C) 2005 Charles E. Campbell, Jr. {{{1 *zip-copyright*
|
||||
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
3. History *zip-history*
|
||||
v7 Mar 22, 2006 * escaped some characters that can cause filename handling
|
||||
problems.
|
||||
v6 Dec 21, 2005 * writing to files not in directories caused problems -
|
||||
fixed (pointed out by Christian Robinson)
|
||||
v5 Nov 22, 2005 * report option workaround installed
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
*print.txt* For Vim version 7.0aa. Last change: 2005 Apr 01
|
||||
*print.txt* For Vim version 7.0b. Last change: 2005 Apr 01
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
*quickfix.txt* For Vim version 7.0aa. Last change: 2006 Jan 30
|
||||
*quickfix.txt* For Vim version 7.0b. Last change: 2006 Mar 24
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
|
||||
@@ -189,6 +189,26 @@ command with 'l'.
|
||||
:lb[uffer] [bufnr] Same as ":cbuffer", except the location list for the
|
||||
current window is used instead of the quickfix list.
|
||||
|
||||
*:cgetb* *:cgetbuffer*
|
||||
:cgetb[uffer] [bufnr] Read the error list from the current buffer. Just
|
||||
like ":cbuffer" but don't jump to the first error.
|
||||
|
||||
*:lgetb* *:lgetbuffer*
|
||||
:lgetb[uffer] [bufnr] Same as ":cgetbuffer", except the location list for
|
||||
the current window is used instead of the quickfix
|
||||
list.
|
||||
|
||||
*:caddb* *:caddbuffer*
|
||||
:caddb[uffer] [bufnr] Read the error list from the current buffer and add
|
||||
the errors to the current quickfix list. If a
|
||||
quickfix list is not present, then a new list is
|
||||
created. Otherwise, same as ":cbuffer".
|
||||
|
||||
*:laddb* *:laddbuffer*
|
||||
:laddb[uffer] [bufnr] Same as ":caddbuffer", except the location list for
|
||||
the current window is used instead of the quickfix
|
||||
list.
|
||||
|
||||
*:cex* *:cexpr* *E777*
|
||||
:cex[pr][!] {expr} Create a quickfix list using the result of {expr} and
|
||||
jump to the first error. If {expr} is a String, then
|
||||
@@ -205,6 +225,14 @@ command with 'l'.
|
||||
<
|
||||
*:lex* *:lexpr*
|
||||
:lex[pr][!] {expr} Same as ":cexpr", except the location list for the
|
||||
current window is used instead of the quickfix list.
|
||||
|
||||
*:cgete* *:cgetexpr*
|
||||
:cgete[xpr][!] {expr} Create a quickfix list using the result of {expr}.
|
||||
Just like ":cexpr", but don't jump to the first error.
|
||||
|
||||
*:lgete* *:lgetexpr*
|
||||
:lgete[xpr][!] {expr} Same as ":cgetexpr", except the location list for the
|
||||
current window is used instead of the quickfix list.
|
||||
|
||||
*:cad* *:caddexpr*
|
||||
@@ -412,6 +440,11 @@ lists, use ":cnewer 99" first.
|
||||
This command does not accept a comment, any "
|
||||
characters are considered part of the arguments.
|
||||
|
||||
*:lmak* *:lmake*
|
||||
:lmak[e][!] [arguments]
|
||||
Same as ":make", except the location list for the
|
||||
current window is used instead of the quickfix list.
|
||||
|
||||
The ":make" command executes the command given with the 'makeprg' option.
|
||||
This is done by passing the command to the shell given with the 'shell'
|
||||
option. This works almost like typing
|
||||
@@ -462,8 +495,13 @@ advantages are:
|
||||
- Uses Vim search patterns. Multi-line patterns can be used.
|
||||
- When plugins are enabled: compressed and remote files can be searched.
|
||||
|gzip| |netrw|
|
||||
- When 'hidden' is set the files are kept loaded, thus repeating a search is
|
||||
much faster. Uses a lot of memory though!
|
||||
|
||||
To be able to do this Vim loads each file as if it is being edited. When
|
||||
there is no match in the file the associated buffer is wiped out again. The
|
||||
'hidden' option is ignored here to avoid running out of memory or file
|
||||
descriptors when searching many files. However, when the |:hide| command
|
||||
modifier is used the buffers are kept loaded. This makes following searches
|
||||
in the same files a lot faster.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
5.1 using Vim's internal grep
|
||||
@@ -483,6 +521,12 @@ advantages are:
|
||||
pattern to ignore case or |/\C| to match case.
|
||||
'smartcase' is not used.
|
||||
|
||||
When a number is put before the command this is used
|
||||
as the maximum number of matches to find. Use
|
||||
":1vimgrep pattern file" to find only the first.
|
||||
Useful if you only want to check if there is a match
|
||||
and quit quickly when it's found.
|
||||
|
||||
Without the 'j' flag Vim jumps to the first match.
|
||||
With 'j' only the quickfix list is updated.
|
||||
With the [!] any changes in the current buffer are
|
||||
@@ -503,6 +547,12 @@ advantages are:
|
||||
Example: >
|
||||
:vimgrep Error *.c
|
||||
<
|
||||
*:lv* *:lvimgrep*
|
||||
:lv[imgrep][!] /{pattern}/[g][j] {file} ...
|
||||
:lv[imgrep][!] {pattern} {file} ...
|
||||
Same as ":vimgrep", except the location list for the
|
||||
current window is used instead of the quickfix list.
|
||||
|
||||
*:vimgrepa* *:vimgrepadd*
|
||||
:vimgrepa[dd][!] /{pattern}/[g][j] {file} ...
|
||||
:vimgrepa[dd][!] {pattern} {file} ...
|
||||
@@ -510,6 +560,12 @@ advantages are:
|
||||
of errors the matches are appended to the current
|
||||
list.
|
||||
|
||||
*:lvimgrepa* *:lvimgrepadd*
|
||||
:lvimgrepa[dd][!] /{pattern}/[g][j] {file} ...
|
||||
:lvimgrepa[dd][!] {pattern} {file} ...
|
||||
Same as ":vimgrepadd", except the location list for
|
||||
the current window is used instead of the quickfix
|
||||
list.
|
||||
|
||||
5.2 External grep
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -525,6 +581,11 @@ id-utils) in a similar way to its compiler integration (see |:make| above).
|
||||
When 'grepprg' is "internal" this works like
|
||||
|:vimgrep|. Note that the pattern needs to be
|
||||
enclosed in separator characters then.
|
||||
|
||||
*:lgr* *:lgrep*
|
||||
:lgr[ep][!] [arguments] Same as ":grep", except the location list for the
|
||||
current window is used instead of the quickfix list.
|
||||
|
||||
*:grepa* *:grepadd*
|
||||
:grepa[dd][!] [arguments]
|
||||
Just like ":grep", but instead of making a new list of
|
||||
@@ -538,6 +599,11 @@ id-utils) in a similar way to its compiler integration (see |:make| above).
|
||||
":grepadd" jumps to the first error, which is not
|
||||
allowed with |:bufdo|.
|
||||
|
||||
*:lgrepa* *:lgrepadd*
|
||||
:lgrepa[dd][!] [arguments]
|
||||
Same as ":grepadd", except the location list for the
|
||||
current window is used instead of the quickfix list.
|
||||
|
||||
5.3 Setting up external grep
|
||||
|
||||
If you have a standard "grep" program installed, the :grep command may work
|
||||
@@ -829,17 +895,20 @@ prefixes are:
|
||||
%W start of a multi-line warning message
|
||||
%I start of a multi-line informational message
|
||||
%A start of a multi-line message (unspecified type)
|
||||
%> for next line start with current pattern again |efm-%>|
|
||||
%C continuation of a multi-line message
|
||||
%Z end of a multi-line message
|
||||
These can be used with '+' and '-', see |efm-ignore| below.
|
||||
|
||||
Using "\n" in the pattern won't work to match multi-line messages.
|
||||
|
||||
Example: Your compiler happens to write out errors in the following format
|
||||
(leading line numbers not being part of the actual output):
|
||||
|
||||
1 Error 275
|
||||
2 line 42
|
||||
3 column 3
|
||||
4 ' ' expected after '--'
|
||||
1 Error 275 ~
|
||||
2 line 42 ~
|
||||
3 column 3 ~
|
||||
4 ' ' expected after '--' ~
|
||||
|
||||
The appropriate error format string has to look like this: >
|
||||
:set efm=%EError\ %n,%Cline\ %l,%Ccolumn\ %c,%Z%m
|
||||
@@ -878,6 +947,27 @@ starting with a space, followed by any characters to the end of the line,
|
||||
it also hides line 7 which would trigger a separate error message otherwise.
|
||||
Error format strings are always parsed pattern by pattern until the first
|
||||
match occurs.
|
||||
*efm-%>*
|
||||
The %> item can be used to avoid trying patterns that appear earlier in
|
||||
'errorformat'. This is useful for patterns that match just about anything.
|
||||
For example, if the error looks like this:
|
||||
|
||||
Error in line 123 of foo.c: ~
|
||||
unknown variable "i" ~
|
||||
|
||||
This can be found with: >
|
||||
:set efm=xxx,%E%>Error in line %l of %f:,%Z%m
|
||||
Where "xxx" has a pattern that would also match the second line.
|
||||
|
||||
Important: There is no memory of what part of the errorformat matched before;
|
||||
every line in the error file gets a complete new run through the error format
|
||||
lines. For example, if one has: >
|
||||
setlocal efm=aa,bb,cc,dd,ee
|
||||
Where aa, bb, etc. are error format strings. Each line of the error file will
|
||||
be matched to the pattern aa, then bb, then cc, etc. Just because cc matched
|
||||
the previous error line does _not_ mean that dd will be tried first on the
|
||||
current line, even if cc and dd are multi-line errorformat strings.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Separate file name *errorformat-separate-filename*
|
||||
@@ -945,14 +1035,16 @@ with previous versions of Vim. However, it is also possible to specify
|
||||
Since meta characters of the regular expression language can be part of
|
||||
ordinary matching strings or file names (and therefore internally have to
|
||||
be escaped), meta symbols have to be written with leading '%':
|
||||
%\ the single '\' character. Note that this has to be
|
||||
%\ The single '\' character. Note that this has to be
|
||||
escaped ("%\\") in ":set errorformat=" definitions.
|
||||
%. the single '.' character.
|
||||
%# the single '*'(!) character.
|
||||
%^ the single '^' character.
|
||||
%$ the single '$' character.
|
||||
%[ the single '[' character for a [] character range.
|
||||
%~ the single '~' character.
|
||||
%. The single '.' character.
|
||||
%# The single '*'(!) character.
|
||||
%^ The single '^' character. Note that this is not
|
||||
useful, the pattern already matches start of line.
|
||||
%$ The single '$' character. Note that this is not
|
||||
useful, the pattern already matches end of line.
|
||||
%[ The single '[' character for a [] character range.
|
||||
%~ The single '~' character.
|
||||
When using character classes in expressions (see |/\i| for an overview),
|
||||
terms containing the "\+" quantifier can be written in the scanf() "%*"
|
||||
notation. Example: "%\\d%\\+" ("\d\+", "any number") is equivalent to "%*\\d".
|
||||
|
||||
Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff Show More
Reference in New Issue
Block a user